darlinghq/darling-gnutar
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/darlinghq/darling-gnutar.git synced 2024-11-23 12:09:40 +00:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

gnutar-453

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Apple 2016-02-27 20:59:53 +01:00 committed by Lubos Dolezel
commit dc8f5fa3fa
647 changed files with 335061 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

65
Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
##
# gnutar Makefile
##
# Project info
Project = gnutar
UserType = Administrator
ToolType = Commands
Extra_Configure_Flags = --program-prefix=gnu --includedir=/usr/local/include
Extra_CC_Flags = -mdynamic-no-pic
GnuAfterInstall = remove-junk install-symlink install-plist
Install_Prefix = /usr/local
Install_Info = /usr/local/share/info
# It's a GNU Source project
include $(MAKEFILEPATH)/CoreOS/ReleaseControl/GNUSource.make
# Automatic Extract & Patch
AEP = YES
AEP_Project = tar
AEP_Version = 1.17
AEP_ProjVers = $(AEP_Project)-$(AEP_Version)
AEP_Filename = $(AEP_ProjVers).tar.bz2
AEP_ExtractDir = $(AEP_ProjVers)
AEP_Patches = Makefile.in.diff tar-1.17-buildfix.diff \
EA.diff preallocate.diff quarantine.diff \
PR5405409.diff PR5605786.diff PR6450027.diff \
PR7691662.diff
ifeq ($(suffix $(AEP_Filename)),.bz2)
AEP_ExtractOption = j
else
AEP_ExtractOption = z
endif
# Extract the source.
install_source::
ifeq ($(AEP),YES)
$(TAR) -C $(SRCROOT) -$(AEP_ExtractOption)xf $(SRCROOT)/$(AEP_Filename)
$(RMDIR) $(SRCROOT)/$(Project)
$(MV) $(SRCROOT)/$(AEP_ExtractDir) $(SRCROOT)/$(Project)
@for patchfile in $(AEP_Patches); do \
(cd $(SRCROOT)/$(Project) && patch -p0 -F0 < $(SRCROOT)/patches/$$patchfile) || exit 1; \
done
endif
remove-junk:
$(RMDIR) $(DSTROOT)$(Install_Prefix)/lib/
$(RMDIR) $(DSTROOT)$(Install_Prefix)/libexec/
$(RMDIR) $(DSTROOT)$(Install_Prefix)/sbin/
$(RMDIR) $(DSTROOT)$(Install_Prefix)/share/
install-symlink:
$(MKDIR) $(DSTROOT)/usr/bin/
$(LN) -fs $(Install_Prefix)/bin/gnutar $(DSTROOT)/usr/bin/gnutar
OSV = $(DSTROOT)/usr/local/OpenSourceVersions
OSL = $(DSTROOT)/usr/local/OpenSourceLicenses
install-plist:
$(MKDIR) $(OSV)
$(INSTALL_FILE) $(SRCROOT)/$(Project).plist $(OSV)/$(Project).plist
$(MKDIR) $(OSL)
$(INSTALL_FILE) $(Sources)/COPYING $(OSL)/$(Project).txt

222
gnurmt.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)rmt.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/1/94
.\" $FreeBSD: /repoman/r/ncvs/src/usr.sbin/rmt/rmt.8,v 1.13 2003/06/08 14:29:48 charnier Exp $
.\"
.Dd June 1, 1994
.Dt RMT 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm rmt
.Nd remote magtape protocol module
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
utility is used by the remote dump and restore programs
in manipulating a magnetic tape drive through an interprocess
communication connection. It is normally started up with an
.Xr rexec 3
or
.Xr rcmd 3
call.
.Pp
The
.Nm
utility accepts requests specific to the manipulation of
magnetic tapes, performs the commands, then responds with
a status indication. All responses are in
.Tn ASCII
and in
one of two forms.
Successful commands have responses of:
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
.Sm off
.Sy A Ar number No \en
.Sm on
.Ed
.Pp
.Ar Number
is an
.Tn ASCII
representation of a decimal number.
Unsuccessful commands are responded to with:
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
.Sm off
.Xo Sy E Ar error-number
.No \en Ar error-message
.No \en
.Xc
.Sm on
.Ed
.Pp
.Ar Error-number
is one of the possible error
numbers described in
.Xr intro 2
and
.Ar error-message
is the corresponding error string as printed
from a call to
.Xr perror 3 .
The protocol is comprised of the
following commands, which are sent as indicated - no spaces are supplied
between the command and its arguments, or between its arguments, and
.Ql \en
indicates that a newline should be supplied:
.Bl -tag -width Ds
.Sm off
.It Xo Sy \&O Ar device
.No \en Ar mode No \en
.Xc
.Sm on
Open the specified
.Ar device
using the indicated
.Ar mode .
.Ar Device
is a full pathname and
.Ar mode
is an
.Tn ASCII
representation of a decimal
number suitable for passing to
.Xr open 2 .
If a device had already been opened, it is
closed before a new open is performed.
.Sm off
.It Xo Sy C Ar device No \en
.Xc
.Sm on
Close the currently open device. The
.Ar device
specified is ignored.
.Sm off
.It Xo Sy L
.Ar whence No \en
.Ar offset No \en
.Xc
.Sm on
Perform an
.Xr lseek 2
operation using the specified parameters.
The response value is that returned from the
.Xr lseek 2
call.
.Sm off
.It Sy W Ar count No \en
.Sm on
Write data onto the open device.
The
.Nm
utility reads
.Ar count
bytes from the connection, aborting if
a premature end-of-file is encountered.
The response value is that returned from
the
.Xr write 2
call.
.Sm off
.It Sy R Ar count No \en
.Sm on
Read
.Ar count
bytes of data from the open device.
If
.Ar count
exceeds the size of the data buffer (10 kilobytes), it is
truncated to the data buffer size.
The
.Nm
utility then performs the requested
.Xr read 2
and responds with
.Sm off
.Sy A Ar count-read No \en
.Sm on
if the read was
successful; otherwise an error in the
standard format is returned. If the read
was successful, the data read is then sent.
.Sm off
.It Xo Sy I Ar operation
.No \en Ar count No \en
.Xc
.Sm on
Perform a
.Dv MTIOCOP
.Xr ioctl 2
command using the specified parameters.
The parameters are interpreted as the
.Tn ASCII
representations of the decimal values
to place in the
.Ar mt_op
and
.Ar mt_count
fields of the structure used in the
.Xr ioctl 2
call. The return value is the
.Ar count
parameter when the operation is successful.
.It Sy S
Return the status of the open device, as
obtained with a
.Dv MTIOCGET
.Xr ioctl 2
call. If the operation was successful,
an ``ack'' is sent with the size of the
status buffer, then the status buffer is
sent (in binary).
.El
.Pp
Any other command causes
.Nm
to exit.
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
All responses are of the form described above.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr rcmd 3 ,
.Xr rexec 3 ,
.Xr mtio 4 ,
.Xr rdump 8 ,
.Xr rrestore 8
.Sh BUGS
People should be discouraged from using this for a remote
file access protocol.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
utility appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .

644
gnutar.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
.TH TAR 1 "Oct 2004" "GNU" "tar"
.SH NAME
tar \- The GNU version of the tar archiving utility
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B tar
.I <operation> [options]
.I Operations:
.nf
.B [-]A --catenate --concatenate
.B [-]c --create
.B [-]d --diff --compare
.B [-]r --append
.B [-]t --list
.B [-]u --update
.B [-]x --extract --get
.B --delete
.fi
.I Common Options:
.nf
.B -C, --directory DIR
.B -f, --file F
.B -j, --bzip2
.B -p, --preserve-permissions
.B -v, --verbose
.B -z, --gzip
.fi
.I All Options:
.br
[
.B --atime-preserve
]
[
.B -b, --blocking-factor N
]
[
.B -B, --read-full-records
]
[
.B --backup BACKUP-TYPE
]
[
.B --block-compress
]
[
.B -C, --directory DIR
]
[
.B --check-links
]
[
.B --checkpoint
]
[
.B -f, --file [HOSTNAME:]F
]
[
.B -F, --info-script F --new-volume-script F
]
[
.B --force-local
]
[
.B --format FORMAT
]
[
.B -g, --listed-incremental F
]
[
.B -G, --incremental
]
[
.B --group GROUP
]
[
.B -h, --dereference
]
[
.B --help
]
[
.B -i, --ignore-zeros
]
[
.B --ignore-case
]
[
.B --ignore-failed-read
]
[
.B --index-file FILE
]
[
.B -j, --bzip2
]
[
.B -k, --keep-old-files
]
[
.B -K, --starting-file F
]
[
.B --keep-newer-files
]
[
.B -l, --one-file-system
]
[
.B -L, --tape-length N
]
[
.B -m, --touch, --modification-time
]
[
.B -M, --multi-volume
]
[
.B --mode PERMISSIONS
]
[
.B -N, --after-date DATE, --newer DATE
]
[
.B --newer-mtime DATE
]
[
.B --no-anchored
]
[
.B --no-ignore-case
]
[
.B --no-recursion
]
[
.B --no-same-permissions
]
[
.B --no-wildcards
]
[
.B --no-wildcards-match-slash
]
[
.B --null
]
[
.B --numeric-owner
]
[
.B -o, --old-archive, --portability, --no-same-owner
]
[
.B -O, --to-stdout
]
[
.B --occurrence NUM
]
[
.B --overwrite
]
[
.B --overwrite-dir
]
[
.B --owner USER
]
[
.B -p, --same-permissions, --preserve-permissions
]
[
.B -P, --absolute-names
]
[
.B --pax-option KEYWORD-LIST
]
[
.B --posix
]
[
.B --preserve
]
[
.B -R, --block-number
]
[
.B --record-size SIZE
]
[
.B --recursion
]
[
.B --recursive-unlink
]
[
.B --remove-files
]
[
.B --rmt-command CMD
]
[
.B --rsh-command CMD
]
[
.B -s, --same-order, --preserve-order
]
[
.B -S, --sparse
]
[
.B --same-owner
]
[
.B --show-defaults
]
[
.B --show-omitted-dirs
]
[
.B --strip-components NUMBER, --strip-path NUMBER (1)
]
[
.B --suffix SUFFIX
]
[
.B -T, --files-from F
]
[
.B --totals
]
[
.B -U, --unlink-first
]
[
.B --use-compress-program PROG
]
[
.B --utc
]
[
.B -v, --verbose
]
[
.B -V, --label NAME
]
[
.B --version
]
[
.B --volno-file F
]
[
.B -w, --interactive, --confirmation
]
[
.B -W, --verify
]
[
.B --wildcards
]
[
.B --wildcards-match-slash
]
[
.B --exclude PATTERN
]
[
.B -X, --exclude-from FILE
]
[
.B -Z, --compress, --uncompress
]
[
.B -z, --gzip, --gunzip, --ungzip
]
[
.B -[0-7][lmh]
]
(1) tar-1.14 uses --strip-path, tar-1.14.90+ uses --strip-components
.SH DESCRIPTION
This manual page documents the GNU version of \fBtar\fR, an archiving
program designed to store and extract files from an archive file known
as a \fItarfile\fR. A \fItarfile\fR may be made on a tape drive,
however, it is also common to write a \fItarfile\fR to a normal file.
The first argument to \fBtar\fR must be one of the options \fBAcdrtux\fR,
followed by any optional functions. The final arguments to \fBtar\fR
are the names of the files or directories which should be archived. The
use of a directory name always implies that the subdirectories below
should be included in the archive.
.SH EXAMPLES
.TP
.B tar -xvf foo.tar
verbosely extract foo.tar
.TP
.B tar -xzf foo.tar.gz
extract gzipped foo.tar.gz
.TP
.B tar -cjf foo.tar.bz2 bar/
create bzipped tar archive of the directory bar called foo.tar.bz2
.TP
.B tar -xjf foo.tar.bz2 -C bar/
extract bzipped foo.tar.bz2 after changing directory to bar
.TP
.B tar -xzf foo.tar.gz blah.txt
extract the file blah.txt from foo.tar.bz2
.SH "FUNCTION LETTERS"
.TP
.B One of the following options must be used:
.TP
.B -A, --catenate, --concatenate
append tar files to an archive
.TP
.B -c, --create
create a new archive
.TP
.B -d, --diff, --compare
find differences between archive and file system
.TP
.B -r, --append
append files to the end of an archive
.TP
.B -t, --list
list the contents of an archive
.TP
.B -u, --update
only append files that are newer than the existing in archive
.TP
.B -x, --extract, --get
extract files from an archive
.TP
.B --delete
delete from the archive (not for use on mag tapes!)
.SH "COMMON OPTIONS"
.TP
.B -C, --directory DIR
change to directory DIR
.TP
.B -f, --file [HOSTNAME:]F
use archive file or device F (default "-", meaning stdin/stdout)
.TP
.B -j, --bzip2
filter archive through bzip2, use to decompress .bz2 files
.TP
.B -p, --preserve-permissions
extract all protection information
.TP
.B -v, --verbose
verbosely list files processed
.TP
.B -z, --gzip, --ungzip
filter the archive through gzip
.SH "ALL OPTIONS"
.TP
.B --atime-preserve
don't change access times on dumped files
.TP
.B -b, --blocking-factor N
block size of Nx512 bytes (default N=20)
.TP
.B -B, --read-full-blocks
reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes)
.TP
.B --backup BACKUP-TYPE
backup files instead of deleting them using BACKUP-TYPE simple or
numbered
.TP
.B --block-compress
block the output of compression program for tapes
.TP
.B -C, --directory DIR
change to directory DIR
.TP
.B --check-links
warn if number of hard links to the file on the filesystem mismatch the
number of links recorded in the archive
.TP
.B --checkpoint
print directory names while reading the archive
.TP
.B -f, --file [HOSTNAME:]F
use archive file or device F (default "-", meaning stdin/stdout)
.TP
.B -F, --info-script F --new-volume-script F
run script at end of each tape (implies \fI--multi-volume\fR)
.TP
.B --force-local
archive file is local even if has a colon
.TP
.B --format FORMAT
selects output archive format
.nf
\fIv7\fR - Unix V7
\fIoldgnu\fR - GNU tar <=1.12
\fIgnu\fR - GNU tar 1.13
\fIustar\fR - POSIX.1-1988
\fIposix\fR - POSIX.1-2001
.fi
.TP
.B -g, --listed-incremental F
create/list/extract new GNU-format incremental backup
.TP
.B -G, --incremental
create/list/extract old GNU-format incremental backup
.TP
.B -h, --dereference
don't dump symlinks; dump the files they point to
.TP
.B --help
like this manpage, but not as cool
.TP
.B -i, --ignore-zeros
ignore blocks of zeros in archive (normally mean EOF)
.TP
.B --ignore-case
ignore case when excluding files
.TP
.B --ignore-failed-read
don't exit with non-zero status on unreadable files
.TP
.B --index-file FILE
send verbose output to FILE instead of stdout
.TP
.B -j, --bzip2
filter archive through bzip2, use to decompress .bz2 files
.TP
.B -k, --keep-old-files
keep existing files; don't overwrite them from archive
.TP
.B -K, --starting-file F
begin at file F in the archive
.TP
.B --keep-newer-files
do not overwrite files which are newer than the archive
.TP
.B -l, --one-file-system
stay in local file system when creating an archive
.TP
.B -L, --tape-length N
change tapes after writing N*1024 bytes
.TP
.B -m, --touch, --modification-time
don't extract file modified time
.TP
.B -M, --multi-volume
create/list/extract multi-volume archive
.TP
.B --mode PERMISSIONS
apply PERMISSIONS while adding files (see \fBchmod\fR(1))
.TP
.B -N, --after-date DATE, --newer DATE
only store files newer than DATE
.TP
.B --newer-mtime DATE
like \fI--newer\fR, but with a DATE
.TP
.B --no-anchored
match any subsequenceof the name's components with \fI--exclude\fR
.TP
.B --no-ignore-case
use case-sensitive matching with \fI--exclude\fR
.TP
.B --no-recursion
don't recurse into directories
.TP
.B --no-same-permissions
apply user's umask when extracting files instead of recorded permissions
.TP
.B --no-wildcards
don't use wildcards with \fI--exclude\fR
.TP
.B --no-wildcards-match-slash
wildcards do not match slashes (/) with \fI--exclude\fR
.TP
.B --null
\fI--files-from\fR reads null-terminated names, disable \fI--directory\fR
.TP
.B --numeric-owner
always use numbers for user/group names
.TP
.B -o, --old-archive, --portability
like \fI--format=v7\fR; \fI-o\fR exhibits this behavior when creating an
archive (deprecated behavior)
.TP
.B -o, --no-same-owner
do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting; \fI-o\fR exhibits
this behavior when extracting an archive
.TP
.B -O, --to-stdout
extract files to standard output
.TP
.B --occurrence NUM
process only NUM occurrences of each named file; used with
\fI--delete\fR, \fI--diff\fR, \fI--extract\fR, or \fI--list\fR
.TP
.B --overwrite
overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting
.TP
.B --overwrite-dir
overwrite directory metadata when extracting
.TP
.B --owner USER
change owner of extraced files to USER
.TP
.B -p, --same-permissions, --preserve-permissions
extract all protection information
.TP
.B -P, --absolute-names
don't strip leading `/'s from file names
.TP
.B --pax-option KEYWORD-LIST
used only with POSIX.1-2001 archives to modify the way \fBtar\fR handles
extended header keywords
.TP
.B --posix
like \fI--format=posix\fR
.TP
.B --preserve
like \fI--preserve-permissions\fR \fI--same-order\fR
.TP
.B -R, --record-number
show record number within archive with each message
.TP
.B --record-size SIZE
use SIZE bytes per record when accessing archives
.TP
.B --recursion
recurse into directories
.TP
.B --recursive-unlink
remove existing directories before extracting directories of the same name
.TP
.B --remove-files
remove files after adding them to the archive
.TP
.B --rmt-command CMD
use CMD instead of the default /usr/sbin/rmt
.TP
.B --rsh-command CMD
use remote CMD instead of \fBrsh\fR(1)
.TP
.B -s, --same-order, --preserve-order
list of names to extract is sorted to match archive
.TP
.B -S, --sparse
handle sparse files efficiently
.TP
.B --same-owner
create extracted files with the same ownership
.TP
.B --show-defaults
display the default options used by \fBtar\fR
.TP
.B --show-omitted-dirs
print directories \fBtar\fR skips while operating on an archive
.TP
.B --strip-components NUMBER, --strip-path NUMBER
strip NUMBER of leading components from file names before extraction
(1) tar-1.14 uses --strip-path, tar-1.14.90+ uses --strip-components
.TP
.B --suffix SUFFIX
use SUFFIX instead of default '~' when backing up files
.TP
.B -T, --files-from F
get names to extract or create from file F
.TP
.B --totals
print total bytes written with --create
.TP
.B -U, --unlink-first
remove existing files before extracting files of the same name
.TP
.B --use-compress-program PROG
access the archive through PROG which is generally a compression program
.TP
.B --utc
display file modification dates in UTC
.TP
.B -v, --verbose
verbosely list files processed
.TP
.B -V, --label NAME
create archive with volume name NAME
.TP
.B --version
print \fBtar\fR program version number
.TP
.B --volno-file F
keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in
FILE; used with \fI--multi-volume\fR
.TP
.B -w, --interactive, --confirmation
ask for confirmation for every action
.TP
.B -W, --verify
attempt to verify the archive after writing it
.TP
.B --wildcards
use wildcards with \fI--exclude\fR
.TP
.B --wildcards-match-slash
wildcards match slashes (/) with \fI--exclude\fR
.TP
.B --exclude PATTERN
exclude files based upon PATTERN
.TP
.B -X, --exclude-from FILE
exclude files listed in FILE
.TP
.B -Z, --compress, --uncompress
filter the archive through compress
.TP
.B -z, --gzip, --gunzip, --ungzip
filter the archive through gzip
.TP
.B --use-compress-program PROG
filter the archive through PROG (which must accept -d)
.TP
.B -[0-7][lmh]
specify drive and density
.SH BUGS
The GNU folks, in general, abhor man pages, and create info documents instead.
The maintainer of \fBtar\fR falls into this category. Thus this man page may
not be complete, nor current.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
The full documentation for
.B tar
is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the
.B info
and
.B tar
programs are properly installed at your site, the command
.IP
.B info tar
.PP
should give you access to the complete manual.
.SH "AUTHORS"
.nf
Debian Linux http://www.debian.org/
Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
.fi

26
gnutar.plist Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
<plist version="1.0">
<array>
<dict>
<key>OpenSourceProject</key>
<string>tar</string>
<key>OpenSourceVersion</key>
<string>1.17</string>
<key>OpenSourceWebsiteURL</key>
<string>http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/</string>
<key>OpenSourceURL</key>
<string>http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/tar/tar-1.17.tar.bz2</string>
<key>OpenSourceSHA1</key>
<string>97f4b67bf88dba1d451a1ec375f18cfaa3c9f36f</string>
<key>OpenSourceImportDate</key>
<string>2008-08-18</string>
<key>OpenSourceModifications</key>
<array>
<string>EA support.</string>
</array>
<key>OpenSourceLicense</key>
<string>GPL</string>
<key>OpenSourceLicenseFile</key>
<string>gnutar.txt</string>
</dict>
</array>
</plist>

1101
gnutar/ABOUT-NLS Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

34
gnutar/AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
Authors of GNU tar.
The following contributions warranted legal paper exchanges with the
Free Software Foundation. Also see files ChangeLog and THANKS.
TAR Sergey Poznyakoff 2003-10
Assigns his past and future changes.
TAR Paul Eggert 2000-10
Assigns his past and future changes.
TAR Jay Fenlason
Assigns his changes.
TAR Richard E Salz 1993-03-11
Disclaims changes to getdate.y.
TAR MANUAL (?) Amy Gorin (US 1963) 1995-01-10
Assigns the Tar Manual.
TAR Francois Pinard Canada 1949 1996-02-01
Assigns past and future changes.
TAR Melissa Weisshaus US 1966 1997-04-09
Assigns changes to the manual and future changes.
melissa@gnu.ai.mit.edu
TAR Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell US 1967 1997-04-09
Assigns changes.
thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
TAR Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell US 1967 1997-04-09
Assigns changes to manual.
thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu

340
gnutar/COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

8271
gnutar/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5887
gnutar/ChangeLog.1 Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

234
gnutar/INSTALL Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
instructions specific to this package.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging `configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system.
Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package.
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
`configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for
details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
is an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--version'
`-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
disable caching.
`--config-cache'
`-C'
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
`-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
`--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.

31
gnutar/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
# Main Makefile for GNU tar.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
## any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
## Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
## 02110-1301, USA.
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1 PORTS
SUBDIRS = doc lib rmt src scripts po tests
dist-hook:
-rm -f $(distdir).cpio
find $(distdir) | cpio -Hcrc -o | \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c > $(distdir).cpio.gz
distclean-local:
-rm -f $(distdir).cpio.gz

918
gnutar/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,918 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10a from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
# Main Makefile for GNU tar.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = .
DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.hin \
$(top_srcdir)/configure ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog \
INSTALL NEWS THANKS TODO build-aux/config.guess \
build-aux/config.rpath build-aux/config.sub build-aux/depcomp \
build-aux/install-sh build-aux/mdate-sh build-aux/missing \
build-aux/mkinstalldirs build-aux/texinfo.tex build-aux/ylwrap
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/absolute-header.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/alloca.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/allocsa.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/argmatch.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/argp.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/backupfile.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/bison.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/canonicalize-lgpl.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/chdir-long.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/chown.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/clock_time.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/close-stream.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/closeout.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/codeset.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/d-ino.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/dirfd.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/dirname.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/dos.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/double-slash-root.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/dup2.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/eealloc.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/eoverflow.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/error.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/exclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/exitfail.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/extensions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fchdir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/fcntl-safer.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fcntl_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/fileblocks.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/float_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/fnmatch.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fpending.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ftruncate.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd-abort-bug.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd-path-max.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getdate.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/getdelim.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getline.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getpagesize.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gettime.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettimeofday.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/glibc21.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/hash.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/human.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inline.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intmax_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inttostr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lchown.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/localcharset.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/longlong.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lstat.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbchar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/mbiter.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbrtowc.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/mbscasecmp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbstate_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/memchr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mempcpy.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/memrchr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/memset.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/mkdtemp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mktime.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/modechange.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/openat.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pathmax.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/paxutils.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/quote.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/quotearg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/readlink.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/regex.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/rmdir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/rmt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/rpmatch.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/rtapelib.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/safe-read.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/safe-write.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/save-cwd.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/savedir.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/setenv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/sleep.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ssize_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stat-time.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdarg.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stdbool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdint.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stdint_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdio_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stdlib_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stpcpy.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strcase.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strchrnul.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strdup.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strerror.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/string_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strndup.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strnlen.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoimax.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strtol.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoll.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoul.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoull.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoumax.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/sys_stat_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/sys_time_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/sysexits.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/system.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/tempname.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/time_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/time_r.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/timespec.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/tm_gmtoff.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd-safer.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/unlinkdir.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unlocked-io.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/utimbuf.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/utime.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/utimens.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/utimes-null.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/utimes.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/vasnprintf.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/vsnprintf.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wchar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/wchar_t.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wctype.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/wcwidth.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wint_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/xalloc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/xgetcwd.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/xstrndup.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/xstrtol.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
configure.lineno config.status.lineno
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
top_distdir = $(distdir)
am__remove_distdir = \
{ test ! -d $(distdir) \
|| { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
&& rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2 \
$(distdir).shar.gz
GZIP_ENV = --best
distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
ABSOLUTE_DIRENT_H = @ABSOLUTE_DIRENT_H@
ABSOLUTE_FCNTL_H = @ABSOLUTE_FCNTL_H@
ABSOLUTE_FLOAT_H = @ABSOLUTE_FLOAT_H@
ABSOLUTE_INTTYPES_H = @ABSOLUTE_INTTYPES_H@
ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H = @ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H@
ABSOLUTE_STDIO_H = @ABSOLUTE_STDIO_H@
ABSOLUTE_STDLIB_H = @ABSOLUTE_STDLIB_H@
ABSOLUTE_STRING_H = @ABSOLUTE_STRING_H@
ABSOLUTE_SYSEXITS_H = @ABSOLUTE_SYSEXITS_H@
ABSOLUTE_SYS_STAT_H = @ABSOLUTE_SYS_STAT_H@
ABSOLUTE_SYS_TIME_H = @ABSOLUTE_SYS_TIME_H@
ABSOLUTE_TIME_H = @ABSOLUTE_TIME_H@
ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H = @ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H@
ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H = @ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H@
ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H = @ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H@
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
ALLOCA_H = @ALLOCA_H@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS = @BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS@
BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS = @BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS@
BACKUP_SED_COND = @BACKUP_SED_COND@
BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T = @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@
BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@
BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T = @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@
BITSIZEOF_WINT_T = @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE = @DEFAULT_ARCHIVE@
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT = @DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT@
DEFAULT_BLOCKING = @DEFAULT_BLOCKING@
DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE = @DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE@
DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND = @DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND@
DEFAULT_RMT_DIR = @DEFAULT_RMT_DIR@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DIRENT_H = @DIRENT_H@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EOVERFLOW = @EOVERFLOW@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FCNTL_H = @FCNTL_H@
FLOAT_H = @FLOAT_H@
FNMATCH_H = @FNMATCH_H@
GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@
GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@
GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@
GNULIB_FFLUSH = @GNULIB_FFLUSH@
GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_FSEEK = @GNULIB_FSEEK@
GNULIB_FSEEKO = @GNULIB_FSEEKO@
GNULIB_FTELL = @GNULIB_FTELL@
GNULIB_FTELLO = @GNULIB_FTELLO@
GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@
GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@
GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@
GNULIB_GETSUBOPT = @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@
GNULIB_IMAXABS = @GNULIB_IMAXABS@
GNULIB_IMAXDIV = @GNULIB_IMAXDIV@
GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@
GNULIB_MBSCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSCASESTR = @GNULIB_MBSCASESTR@
GNULIB_MBSCHR = @GNULIB_MBSCHR@
GNULIB_MBSCSPN = @GNULIB_MBSCSPN@
GNULIB_MBSLEN = @GNULIB_MBSLEN@
GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSPBRK = @GNULIB_MBSPBRK@
GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSRCHR = @GNULIB_MBSRCHR@
GNULIB_MBSSEP = @GNULIB_MBSSEP@
GNULIB_MBSSPN = @GNULIB_MBSSPN@
GNULIB_MBSSTR = @GNULIB_MBSSTR@
GNULIB_MBSTOK_R = @GNULIB_MBSTOK_R@
GNULIB_MEMMEM = @GNULIB_MEMMEM@
GNULIB_MEMPCPY = @GNULIB_MEMPCPY@
GNULIB_MEMRCHR = @GNULIB_MEMRCHR@
GNULIB_MKDTEMP = @GNULIB_MKDTEMP@
GNULIB_MKSTEMP = @GNULIB_MKSTEMP@
GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@
GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@
GNULIB_SNPRINTF = @GNULIB_SNPRINTF@
GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_STPCPY = @GNULIB_STPCPY@
GNULIB_STPNCPY = @GNULIB_STPNCPY@
GNULIB_STRCASESTR = @GNULIB_STRCASESTR@
GNULIB_STRCHRNUL = @GNULIB_STRCHRNUL@
GNULIB_STRDUP = @GNULIB_STRDUP@
GNULIB_STRNDUP = @GNULIB_STRNDUP@
GNULIB_STRNLEN = @GNULIB_STRNLEN@
GNULIB_STRPBRK = @GNULIB_STRPBRK@
GNULIB_STRSEP = @GNULIB_STRSEP@
GNULIB_STRTOIMAX = @GNULIB_STRTOIMAX@
GNULIB_STRTOK_R = @GNULIB_STRTOK_R@
GNULIB_STRTOUMAX = @GNULIB_STRTOUMAX@
GNULIB_VASPRINTF = @GNULIB_VASPRINTF@
GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_VSNPRINTF = @GNULIB_VSNPRINTF@
GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX@
GREP = @GREP@
HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@
HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS = @HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS@
HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV = @HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV@
HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM = @HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM@
HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR = @HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR@
HAVE_DECL_MKDIR = @HAVE_DECL_MKDIR@
HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF@
HAVE_DECL_STRDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRDUP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP = @HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN = @HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN@
HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX@
HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R@
HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX@
HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF@
HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@
HAVE_FSEEKO = @HAVE_FSEEKO@
HAVE_FTELLO = @HAVE_FTELLO@
HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@
HAVE_GETSUBOPT = @HAVE_GETSUBOPT@
HAVE_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
HAVE_IO_H = @HAVE_IO_H@
HAVE_ISWCNTRL = @HAVE_ISWCNTRL@
HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT = @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
HAVE_LSTAT = @HAVE_LSTAT@
HAVE_MEMPCPY = @HAVE_MEMPCPY@
HAVE_MKDTEMP = @HAVE_MKDTEMP@
HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@
HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@
HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@
HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@
HAVE_STDINT_H = @HAVE_STDINT_H@
HAVE_STPCPY = @HAVE_STPCPY@
HAVE_STPNCPY = @HAVE_STPNCPY@
HAVE_STRCASECMP = @HAVE_STRCASECMP@
HAVE_STRCASESTR = @HAVE_STRCASESTR@
HAVE_STRCHRNUL = @HAVE_STRCHRNUL@
HAVE_STRNDUP = @HAVE_STRNDUP@
HAVE_STRPBRK = @HAVE_STRPBRK@
HAVE_STRSEP = @HAVE_STRSEP@
HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL = @HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
HAVE_SYSEXITS_H = @HAVE_SYSEXITS_H@
HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@
HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
HAVE_SYS_TIME_H = @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@
HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@
HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@
HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT = @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
HAVE_VASPRINTF = @HAVE_VASPRINTF@
HAVE_WCTYPE_H = @HAVE_WCTYPE_H@
HAVE_WINT_T = @HAVE_WINT_T@
HAVE__BOOL = @HAVE__BOOL@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
INTTYPES_H = @INTTYPES_H@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTAR_LIBDEPS = @LIBTAR_LIBDEPS@
LIBTAR_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBTAR_LTLIBDEPS@
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
LIB_SETSOCKOPT = @LIB_SETSOCKOPT@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
POSUB = @POSUB@
PRIPTR_PREFIX = @PRIPTR_PREFIX@
PRI_MACROS_BROKEN = @PRI_MACROS_BROKEN@
PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX = @PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@
PU_RMT_PROG = @PU_RMT_PROG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@
REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@
REPLACE_FFLUSH = @REPLACE_FFLUSH@
REPLACE_FPRINTF = @REPLACE_FPRINTF@
REPLACE_FSEEK = @REPLACE_FSEEK@
REPLACE_FSEEKO = @REPLACE_FSEEKO@
REPLACE_FTELL = @REPLACE_FTELL@
REPLACE_FTELLO = @REPLACE_FTELLO@
REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@
REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY = @REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R = @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@
REPLACE_MKSTEMP = @REPLACE_MKSTEMP@
REPLACE_NANOSLEEP = @REPLACE_NANOSLEEP@
REPLACE_PRINTF = @REPLACE_PRINTF@
REPLACE_SNPRINTF = @REPLACE_SNPRINTF@
REPLACE_SPRINTF = @REPLACE_SPRINTF@
REPLACE_STRPTIME = @REPLACE_STRPTIME@
REPLACE_TIMEGM = @REPLACE_TIMEGM@
REPLACE_VASPRINTF = @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@
REPLACE_VFPRINTF = @REPLACE_VFPRINTF@
REPLACE_VPRINTF = @REPLACE_VPRINTF@
REPLACE_VSNPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSNPRINTF@
REPLACE_VSPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSPRINTF@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX = @SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@
SIZE_T_SUFFIX = @SIZE_T_SUFFIX@
STDBOOL_H = @STDBOOL_H@
STDINT_H = @STDINT_H@
STRIP = @STRIP@
SYSEXITS_H = @SYSEXITS_H@
SYS_STAT_H = @SYS_STAT_H@
SYS_TIME_H = @SYS_TIME_H@
SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WCHAR_H = @WCHAR_H@
WCHAR_T_SUFFIX = @WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@
WCTYPE_H = @WCTYPE_H@
WINT_T_SUFFIX = @WINT_T_SUFFIX@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
YACC = @YACC@
YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@
gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1 PORTS
SUBDIRS = doc lib rmt src scripts po tests
all: config.h
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
am--refresh:
@:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits '; \
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnits Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
$(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
config.h: stamp-h1
@if test ! -f $@; then \
rm -f stamp-h1; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; \
else :; fi
stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.hin $(top_builddir)/config.status
@rm -f stamp-h1
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
$(srcdir)/config.hin: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
rm -f stamp-h1
touch $@
distclean-hdr:
-rm -f config.h stamp-h1
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@failcom='exit 1'; \
for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
case $$f in \
*=* | --[!k]*);; \
*k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
esac; \
done; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| eval $$failcom; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
@failcom='exit 1'; \
for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
case $$f in \
*=* | --[!k]*);; \
*k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
esac; \
done; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| eval $$failcom; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
ctags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
done
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
tags: TAGS
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.hin $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.hin $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique; \
fi
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.hin $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.hin $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@case `sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS` in \
*"$(VERSION)"*) : ;; \
*) \
echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac
$(am__remove_distdir)
test -d $(distdir) || mkdir $(distdir)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \
top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \
distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \
am__remove_distdir=: \
am__skip_length_check=: \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
dist-hook
-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
dist-gzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-bzip2: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-tarZ: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-shar: distdir
shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-zip: distdir
-rm -f $(distdir).zip
zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist dist-all: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
# tarfile.
distcheck: dist
case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
*.tar.gz*) \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.bz2*) \
bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.Z*) \
uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.shar.gz*) \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
*.zip*) \
unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
esac
chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)/_build
mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
&& dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
&& cd $(distdir)/_build \
&& ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
distuninstallcheck \
&& chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
&& ({ \
(cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
} || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
&& rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
&& rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
$(am__remove_distdir)
@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
distuninstallcheck:
@cd $(distuninstallcheck_dir) \
&& test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
fi ; \
$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
distcleancheck: distclean
@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
exit 1 ; \
fi
@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
$(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile config.h
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-local \
distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-recursive
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
install-ps: install-ps-recursive
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am:
.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) install-am \
install-strip
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \
ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip \
dist-hook dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-zip distcheck distclean \
distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-local distclean-tags \
distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \
html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \
pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
dist-hook:
-rm -f $(distdir).cpio
find $(distdir) | cpio -Hcrc -o | \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c > $(distdir).cpio.gz
distclean-local:
-rm -f $(distdir).cpio.gz
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

915
gnutar/NEWS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,915 @@
GNU tar NEWS - User visible changes. 2007-06-08
Please send GNU tar bug reports to <bug-tar@gnu.org>
version 1.17 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2007-06-08
* Fix archivation of sparse files in posix mode. Previous versions padded
sparse members with spurious zero blocks.
* Fix operation of --verify --listed-incremental. Version 1.16.1 produced
a full dump when both options were given.
* Fix --occurence. In previous versions it continued scanning the archive
even though all requested members has already been extracted.
* Scope of --transform and --strip-components options.
In addition to affecting regular archive members, the --transform
option affects hard and soft link targets and the --strip-components
option affects hard link targets as well.
* End-of-volume script can send the new volume name to tar by writing
it to the file descriptor stored in the environment variable `TAR_FD'.
version 1.16.1 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2006-12-09
* New option --exclude-tag allows to specify "exclusion tag files", i.e.
files whose presence in a directory means that the directory should not
be archived.
* The --exclude-cache option excludes directories that contain the
CACHEDIR.TAG file from being archived. Previous versions excluded
directory contents only, while the directories themselves were
still added to the archive.
* Support for reading ustar type 'N' header logical records has been removed.
This GNU extension was generated only by very old versions of GNU 'tar'.
Unfortunately its implementation had security holes; see
<http://archives.neohapsis.com/archives/fulldisclosure/2006-11/0344.html>.
We don't expect that any tar archives in practical use have type 'N'
records, but if you have one and you trust its contents, you can
decode it with GNU tar 1.16 or earlier.
* Race conditions have been fixed that in some cases briefly allowed
files extracted by 'tar -x --same-owner' (or plain 'tar -x', when
running as root) to be accessed by users that they shouldn't have been.
version 1.16 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2006-10-21
* After creating an archive, tar exits with code 1 if some files were
changed while being read. Previous versions exited with code 2 (fatal
error), and only if some files were truncated while being archived.
* New option --mtime allows to set modification times for all archive
members during creation.
* Bug fixes
** Avoid running off file descriptors when using multiple -C options.
** tar --index-file=FILE --file=- sent the archive to FILE, and
the listing to stderr.
version 1.15.91 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2006-06-16
* Incompatible changes
** Globbing
Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
tar xf foo.tar '*.c'
would extract all files whose names end in '.c'. This behavior
was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
implementations. Therefore, starting from this version, GNU tar
no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
named '*.c'.
To treat member names as globbing patterns, use --wildcards option.
If you wish tar to mimic the behavior of versions up to 1.15.90,
add --wildcards to the value of the environment variable TAR_OPTIONS.
The exact way in which tar interprets member names is controlled by the
following command line options:
--wildcards use wildcards
--anchored patterns match file name start
--ignore-case ignore case
--wildcards-match-slash wildcards match `/'
Each of these options has a '--no-' counterpart that disables its
effect (e.g. --no-wildcards).
These options affect both the interpretation of member names from
command line and that of the exclusion patterns (given with --exclude
and --exclude-from options). The defaults are:
1. For member names: --no-wildcards --anchored
2. For exclusion patterns: --wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash
The options can appear multiple times in the command line, thereby
changing the way command line arguments are interpreted. For example,
to use case-insensitive matching in exclude patterns and to revert to
case-sensitive matching for the rest of command line, one could write:
tar xf foo.tar --ignore-case --exclude-from=FILE --no-ignore-case file.name
** Short option -l is now an alias of --check-links option, which complies
with UNIX98. This ends the transition period started with version 1.14.
* New features
** New option --transform allows to transform file names before storing them
in the archive or member names before extracting. The option takes a
sed replace expression as its argument. For example,
tar cf foo.tar --transform 's,^,prefix/,'
will add 'prefix/' to all file names stored in foo.tar.
** --strip-components option works when deleting and comparing. In previous
versions it worked only with --extract.
** New option --show-transformed-names enables display of transformed file
or archive. It generalizes --show-stored-names option, introduced in
1.15.90. In particular, when creating an archive in verbose mode, it lists
member names as stored in the archive, i.e., with any eventual prefixes
removed and file name transformations applied. The option is useful,
for example, while comparing `tar cv' and `tar tv' outputs.
** New incremental snapshot file format keeps information about file names
as well as that about directories.
** The --checkpoint option takes an optional argument specifying the number
of records between the two successive checkpoints. Optional dot
starting the argument intructs tar to print dots instead of textual
checkpoints.
** The --totals option can be used with any tar operation (previous versions
understood it only with --create). If an argument to this option is
given, it specifies the signal upon delivery of which the statistics
is to be printed. Both forms of this option (with and without
argument) can be given to in a single invocation of tar.
* Bug fixes
** Detect attempts to update compressed archives.
version 1.15.90 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2006-02-19
* New features
** Any number of -T (--files-from) options may be used in the command line.
The file specified with -T may include any valid `tar' options,
including another -T option.
Compatibility note: older versions of tar would only recognize -C
as an option name within the file list file. Now any file whose name
starts with - is handled as an option. To insert file names starting with
dash, use the --add-file option.
** List files containing null-separated file names are detected and processed
automatically. It is no longer necessary to give the --null option.
** New option --no-unquote disables the unquoting of input file names.
This is useful for processing output from `find dir -print0'.
An orthogonal option --unquote is provided as well.
** New option --test-label tests the archive volume label.
If an argument is specified, the label is compared against its value.
Tar exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code 2 if
they do not.
If no argument is given, the --verbose option is implied. In this case,
tar prints the label name if present and exits with code 0.
** New option --show-stored-names. When creating an archive in verbose mode,
it lists member names as stored in the archive, i.e., with any eventual
prefixes removed. The option is useful, for example, while comparing
`tar cv' and `tar tv' outputs.
** New option --to-command pipes the contents of archive members to the
specified command.
** New option --atime-preserve=system, which uses the O_NOATIME feature
of recent Linux kernels to avoid some problems when preserving file
access times.
** New option --delay-directory-restore delays restoring modification times
and permissions of extracted directories until the end of extraction.
This is necessary for restoring from archives with unusual member
ordering (in particular, those created with --no-recursion option).
This option is implied when restoring from incremental archives.
** New option --restrict prohibits use of some potentially harmful tar
options. Currently it disables '!' escape in multi-volume name menu.
** New options --quoting-style and --quote-chars control the way tar
quotes member names on output. The --quoting-style takes an argument
specifying the quoting style to use (literal, shell, shell-always,
c, escape, locale, clocale). The argument to --quote-chars is a string
specifying characters to quote, even if the selected quoting style
would not quote them otherwise. The option --no-quote-chars is
provided to disable quoting certain characters.
** The end-of-volume script (introduced with --info-script option) can
get current archive name from the environment variable TAR_ARCHIVE and
the volume number from the variable TAR_VOLUME. It can alter the
archive name by writing new name to the file descriptor 3.
** Better support for full-resolution time stamps. Tar cannot restore
time stamps to full nanosecond resolution, though, until the kernel
guys get their act together and give us a system call to set file time
stamps to nanosecond resolution.
** The -v option now prints time stamps only to 1-minute resolution,
not full resolution, to avoid using up too many output columns.
Nanosecond resolution is now supported, but that would be too much.
* Bug fixes
** Allow non-option arguments to be interspersed with options.
** When extracting or listing archives in old GNU format, tar
used to read an extra block of data after a long name header
if length of the member name was divisible by block size (512).
Consequently, the file pointer was set off and the next member
was not processed correctly.
** Previous version created invalid archives when files shrink
during reading.
** Compare mode (tar d) hung when trying to compare file contents.
** Previous versions in certain cases failed to restore directory
modification times.
** When creating an archive, do not attempt to store files whose
meta-data cannot be stored in the header due to format limitations
(for ustar and v7 formats).
** The --version option now also outputs information about copyright,
license, and credits. This reverts to the behavior of tar 1.14 and
earlier, and conforms to the GNU coding standards. The --license (-L)
option introduced in tar 1.15 has been removed, since it's no longer
needed.
version 1.15.1 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2004-12-21
This version fixes a bug introduced in 1.15 which caused
tar to refuse to extract files from standard input.
version 1.15 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2004-12-20
* Compressed archives are recognised automatically, it is no longer
necessary to specify -Z, -z, or -j options to read them. Thus, you can
now run `tar tf archive.tar.gz'.
* When restoring incremental dumps, --one-file-system option
prevents directory hierarchies residing on different devices
from being purged.
With the previous versions of tar it was dangerous to create
incremental dumps with --one-file-system option, since they
would recursively remove mount points when restoring from the
back up. This change fixes the bug.
* Renamed --strip-path to --strip-components for consistency with
the GNU convention.
* Skipping archive members is sped up if the archive media supports
seeks.
* Restore script starts restoring only if it is given --all (-a) option,
or some patterns. This is to prevent accidental restores.
* `tar --verify' prints a warning if during archive creation some of
the file names had their prefixes stripped off.
* New option --exclude-caches instructs tar to exclude cache directories
automatically on archive creation. Cache directories are those
containing a standardized tag file, as specified at:
http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html
* New configure option --with-rmt allows to specify full path name to
the `rmt' utility. This supersedes DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND variable
introduced in version 1.14
* New configure variable DEFAULT_RMT_DIR allows to specify the directory
where to install `rmt' utility. This is necessary since modifying
--libexecdir as was suggested for version 1.14 produced a side effect: it
also modified installation prefix for backup scripts (if
--enable-backup-scripts was given).
* Bug fixes:
** Fixed flow in recognizing files to be included in incremental dumps.
** Correctly recognize sparse archive members when used with -T option.
** GNU multivolume headers cannot store filenames longer than 100 characters.
Do not allow multivolume archives to begin with such filenames.
** If a member with link count > 2 was stored in the archive twice,
previous versions of tar were not able to extract it, since they
were trying to link the file to itself, which always failed and
lead to removing the already extracted copy. Preserve the first
extracted copy in such cases.
** Restore script was passing improper argument to tar --listed option (which
didn't affect the functionality, but was logically incorrect).
** Fixed verification of created archives.
** Fixed unquoting of file names containing backslash escapes (previous
versions failed to recognize \a and \v).
** When attempting to delete a non-existing member from the archive, previous
versions of tar used to overwrite last archive block with zeroes.
version 1.14 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2004-05-11
* Added support for POSIX.1-2001 and ustar archive formats.
* New option --format allows to select the output archive format
* The default output format can be selected at configuration time
by presetting the environment variable DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT.
Allowed values are GNU, V7, OLDGNU and POSIX.
* New option --strip-path allows to cut off a given number of
path elements from the name of the file being extracted.
* New options --index-file, --no-overwrite-dir. The --overwrite-dir
option is now the default; use --no-overwrite-dir if you prefer
the previous default behavior.
* The semantics of -o option is changed. When extracting, it
does the same as --no-same-owner GNU tar option. This is compatible
with UNIX98 tar. Otherwise, its effect is the same as that of
--old-archive option. This latter is deprecated and will be removed
in future.
* New option --check-links prints a message if not all links are dumped
for a file being archived. This corresponds to the UNIX98 -l option.
The current semantics of the -l option is retained for compatibility
with previous releases, however such usage is strongly deprecated as
the option will change to its UNIX98 semantics in the future releases.
* New option --occurrence[=N] can be used in conjunction with one of
the subcommands --delete, --diff, --extract or --list when a list of
files is given either on the command line or via -T option. This
option instructs tar to process only the Nth occurrence of each named
file. N defaults to 1, so `tar -x -f archive --occurrence filename'
extracts the first occurrence of `filename' from `archive'
and terminates without scanning to the end of the archive.
* New option --pax-option allows to control the handling of POSIX
keywords in `pax' extended headers. It is equivalent to `pax'
-o option.
* --incremental and --listed-incremental options work correctly on
individual files, as well as on directories.
* New scripts: backup (replaces old level-0 and level-1) and restore.
The scripts are compiled and installed if --enable-backup-scripts
option is given to configure.
* By default tar searches "rmt" utility in "$prefix/libexec/rmt",
which is consistent with the location where the version of "rmt"
included in the package is installed. Previous versions of tar
used "/etc/rmt". To install "rmt" to its traditional location,
run configure with option --libexecdir=/etc. Otherwise, if you
already have rmt installed and wish to use it, instead of the
shipped in version, set the variable DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND to
the full path name of the utility, e.g., ./configure
DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND=/etc/rmt.
Notice also that the full path name of the "rmt" utility to
use can be set at runtime, by giving option --rmt-command to
tar.
* Removed obsolete command line options:
** --absolute-paths superseded by --absolute-names
** --block-compress is not needed any longer
** --block-size superseded by --blocking-factor
** --modification-time superseded by --touch
** --read-full-blocks superseded by --read-full-records
** --record-number superseded by --block-number
** --version-control superseded by --backup
* New message translations fi (Finnish), gl (Galician), hr (Croatian),
hu (Hungarian), ms (Malaysian), nb (Norwegian), ro (Romanian), sk
(Slovak), zh_CN (Chinese simplified), zh_TW (Chinese traditional).
The code 'no' for Norwegian (Bokmål) has been withdrawn; use 'nb' instead.
* Bug fixes.
version 1.13.25 - Paul Eggert, 2001-09-26
* Bug fixes.
version 1.13.24 - Paul Eggert, 2001-09-22
* New option --overwrite-dir.
* Fixes for buffer overrun, porting, and copyright notice problems.
* The message translations for Korean are available again.
version 1.13.23 - Paul Eggert, 2001-09-13
* Bug, porting, and copyright notice fixes.
version 1.13.22 - Paul Eggert, 2001-08-29
* Bug fixes.
version 1.13.21 - Paul Eggert, 2001-08-28
* Porting and copyright notice fixes.
version 1.13.20 - Paul Eggert, 2001-08-27
* Some bugs were fixed:
- security problems
- hard links to symbolic links
* New option --recursion (the default) that is the inverse of --no-recursion.
* New options --anchored, --ignore-case, --wildcards,
--wildcards-match-slash, and their negations (e.g., --no-anchored).
Along with --recursion and --no-recursion, these options control how
exclude patterns are interpreted.
* The default interpretation of exclude patterns is now --no-anchored
--no-ignore-case --recursion --wildcards --wildcards-match-slash.
This is a quiet change to the semantics of --exclude. The previous
semantics were a failed attempt at backward compatibility but it
became clear that the semantics were puzzling and did not satisfy
everybody. Rather than continue to try to revive that dead horse we
thought it better to substitute cleaner semantics, with options so
that you can change the behavior more to your liking.
* New message translations for Indonesian and Turkish.
The translation for Korean has been withdrawn due to encoding errors.
It will be reissued once those are fixed.
version 1.13.19 - Paul Eggert, 2001-01-13
* The -I option has been withdrawn, as it was buggy and confusing.
Eventually it is planned to be reintroduced, with the same meaning as -T.
* With an option like -N DATE, if DATE starts with "/" or ".", it is taken
to be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
version 1.13.18 - Paul Eggert, 2000-10-29
* Some security problems have been fixed. `tar -x' now modifies only
files under the working directory, unless you also specify an unsafe
option like --absolute-names or --overwrite.
* The short name of the --bzip option has been changed to -j,
and -I is now an alias for -T, for compatibility with Solaris tar.
* The manual is now distributed under the GNU Free Documentation License.
* The new environment variable TAR_OPTIONS holds default command-line options.
* The --no-recursion option now affects extraction too.
* The wording in some diagnostics has been changed slightly.
* Snapshot files now record whether each file was accessed via NFS.
The new file format is upward- and downward-compatible with the old.
* New language supported: da.
* Compilation by traditional (K&R) C compilers is no longer supported.
If you still use such a compiler, please use GCC instead.
* This version of tar works best with GNU gzip test version 1.3 or later.
Please see <ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/>.
* `tar --delete -f -' now works again.
version 1.13.17 - Paul Eggert, 2000-01-07.
* `tar --delete -f -' is no longer allowed; it was too buggy.
* Diagnostic messages have been made more regular and consistent.
version 1.13.16 - Paul Eggert, 1999-12-13.
* By default, tar now refuses to overwrite an existing file when
extracting files from an archive; instead, it removes the file
before extracting it. If the existing file is a symbolic link, the
link is removed and not the pointed-to file. There is one
exception: existing nonempty directories are not removed, nor are
their ownerships or permissions extracted. This fixes some
longstanding security problems.
The new --overwrite option enables the old default behavior.
For regular files, tar implements this change by using the O_EXCL
option of `open' to ensure that it creates the file; if this fails, it
removes the file and tries again. This is similar to the behavior of
the --unlink-first option, but it is faster in the common case of
extracting a new directory.
* By default, tar now ignores file names containing a component of `..'
when extracting, and warns about such file names when creating an archive.
To enable the old behavior, use the -P or --absolute-names option.
* Tar now handles file names with multibyte encodings (e.g., UTF-8, Shift-JIS)
correctly. It relies on the mbrtowc function to handle multibyte characters.
* The file generated by -g or --listed-incremental now uses a format
that is independent of locale, so that users need not worry about
locale when restoring a backup. This is needed for proper support
of multibyte characters. Old-format files can still be read, and
older versions of GNU tar can read new-format files, unless member
names have multibyte chars.
* Many diagnostics have been changed slightly, so that file names are
now output unambiguously. File names in diagnostics now are either
`quoted like this' (in the default C locale) or are followed by
colon, newline, or space, depending on context. Unprintable
characters are escaped with a C-like backslash conventions.
Terminating characters (e.g., close-quote, colon, newline)
are also escaped as needed.
* tar now ignores socket files when creating an archive.
Previously tar archived sockets as fifos, which caused problems.
version 1.13.15 - Paul Eggert, 1999-12-03.
* If a file's ctime changes when being archived, report an error.
Previously tar looked at mtime, which missed some errors.
version 1.13.14 - Paul Eggert, 1999-11-07.
* New translations ja, pt_BR.
* New options --help and --version for rmt.
* Ignore Solaris door files when creating an archive.
version 1.13.13 - Paul Eggert, 1999-10-11.
* Invalid headers in tar files now elicit errors, not just warnings.
* `tar --version' output conforms to the latest GNU coding standards.
* If you specify an invalid date, `tar' now substitutes (time_t) -1.
* `configure --with-dmalloc' is no longer available.
version 1.13.12 - Paul Eggert, 1999-09-24.
* `tar' now supports hard links to symbolic links.
* New options --no-same-owner, --no-same-permissions.
* --total now also outputs a human-readable size, and a throughput value.
* `tar' now uses two's-complement base-256 when outputting header
values that are out of the range of the standard unsigned base-8
format. This affects archive members with negative or huge time
stamps or uids, and archive members 8 GB or larger. The new tar
archives cannot be read by traditional tar, or by older versions of
GNU tar. Use the --old-archive option to revert to the old
behavior, which uses unportable representations for negative values,
and which rejects large files.
* On 32-bit hosts, `tar' now assumes that an incoming time stamp T in
the range 2**31 <= T < 2**32 represents the negative time (T -
2**32). This behavior is nonstandard and is not portable to 64-bit
time_t hosts, so `tar' issues a warning.
* `tar' no longer gives up extracting immediately upon discovering
that an archive contains garbage at the end. It attempts to extract
as many files as possible from the good data before the garbage.
* A read error now causes a nonzero exit status, not just a warning.
* Some diagnostics have been reworded for consistency.
version 1.13.11 - Paul Eggert, 1999-08-23.
* The short name of the --bzip option has been changed to -I,
for compatibility with paxutils.
* -T /dev/null now matches nothing; previously, it matched anything
if no explicit operands were given.
* The `--' option now works the same as with other GNU utilities;
it causes later operands to be interpreted as file names, not options,
even if they begin with `-'.
* For the --newer and --after-date options, the table of time zone
abbreviations like `EST' has been updated to match current practice.
Also, local time abbreviations are now recognized, even if they are
not in tar's hardwired table. Remember, though, that you should use
numeric UTC offsets like `-0500' instead of abbreviations like
`EST', as abbreviations are not standardized and are ambiguous.
version 1.13.10 - Paul Eggert, 1999-08-20.
* `tar' now uses signed base-64 when outputting header values that are
out of the range of the standard unsigned base-8 format. [This
change was superseded in 1.13.12, described above.]
version 1.13.9 - Paul Eggert, 1999-08-18.
* `tar' now writes two zero blocks at end-of-archive instead of just one.
POSIX.1 requires this, and some other `tar' implementations check for it.
* `tar' no longer silently accepts a block containing nonzero checksum bytes
as a zero block.
* `tar' now reads buggy tar files that have a null byte at the start of a
numeric header field.
version 1.13.8 - Paul Eggert, 1999-08-16.
* For compatibility with traditional `tar', intermediate directories
created automatically by root are no longer given the uid and gid of
the original file or directory.
version 1.13.7 - Paul Eggert, 1999-08-14.
* --listed-incremental and --newer are now incompatible options.
* When creating an archive, leading `./' is no longer stripped,
to match traditional tar's behavior (and simplify the documentation).
* --diff without --absolute-names no longer falls back on absolute names.
version 1.13.6 - Paul Eggert, 1999-08-11.
* An --exclude pattern containing / now excludes a file only if it matches an
initial prefix of the file name; a pattern without / continues to
exclude a file if it matches any file name component.
* The protocol for talking to rmt has been extended slightly.
Open flags are now communicated in symbolic format as well as numeric.
The symbolic format (e.g., "O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC") is for portability
when rmt is operating on a different operating system from tar.
The numeric format is retained, and rmt uses it if symbolic format is absent,
for backward compatibility with older versions of tar and rmt.
* When writing GNU tar format headers, tar now uses signed base-64
for values that cannot be represented in unsigned octal.
This supports larger files (2**66 - 1 bytes instead of 2**33 - 1 bytes),
larger uids, negative time stamps, etc.
* When extracting files with unknown ownership, tar now looks up the
uid and gid "nobody" on hosts whose headers do not define UID_NOBODY
and GID_NOBODY, and falls back on uid/gid -2 if there is no "nobody".
* tar -t --numeric-owner now prints numeric uids and gids, not symbolic.
* New option -y or --bzip2 for bzip2 compression, by popular request.
version 1.13.5 - Paul Eggert, 1999-07-20.
* Do the delayed updates of file metadata even after a fatal error.
version 1.13.4 - Paul Eggert, 1999-07-20.
* Do not chmod unless we are root or the -p option was given;
this matches historical practice.
version 1.13.3 - Paul Eggert, 1999-07-16.
* A path name is excluded if any of its file name components matches an
excluded pattern, even if the path name was specified on the command line.
Also see 1.13.6 for later changes in this area.
version 1.13.2 - Paul Eggert, 1999-07-14.
* Bug reporting address changed to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
version 1.13.1 - Paul Eggert, 1999-07-12.
* Bug fixes only.
version 1.13 - Paul Eggert, 1999-07-08.
* Support for large files, e.g., files larger than 2 GB on many 32-bit hosts.
Also, support for larger uids, device ids, etc.
* Many bug fixes and porting fixes.
* This release is only for fixes. A more ambitious test release,
with new features, is available as part of the paxutils. Please see:
ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/paxutils/
The fixes in this release are intended to be merged with paxutils
at some point, but they haven't been merged yet.
* An interim GNU tar alpha had new --bzip2 and --ending-file options,
but they have been removed to maintain compatibility with paxutils.
Please try --use=bzip2 instead of --bzip2.
Version 1.12 - François Pinard, 1997-04.
Sensitive matters
* Use shell globbing patterns for --label, instead of regular expressions.
* Do not quote anymore internally over the quoting done by the shell.
Output for humans
* Offer internationalization capabilities of most recent GNU gettext.
* Messages available in many more languages, thanks to all translators!
* Usage of ISO 8601 dates in listings, instead of local American dates.
* More normalization and cleanup in error messages.
Creation
* For helping using tar with find, offer a --no-recursion option.
* Implement --numeric-owner for ignoring symbolic names at create time.
* New --owner, --group --mode options, still preliminary.
* Recognize creating an archive on /dev/null, so Amanda works faster.
* Object to the creation of an empty archive (like in `tar cf FILE').
* Barely start implementing --posix and POSIXLY_CORRECT.
Extraction
* Make a better job at restoring file and directory attributes.
* Automatically attempt deleting existing files when in the way.
* Option --unlink-first (-U) removes most files prior to extraction.
* Option --recursive-unlink removes non-empty directories when in the way.
* Option --numeric-owner ignores owner/group names, it uses UID/GID instead.
* Use global umask when creating missing intermediate directories.
* When symlinks are not available, extract symbolic links as hard links.
* Diagnose extraction of contiguous files as regular files.
* New --backup, --suffix and --version-control options.
Various changes
* Better support of huge archives with --tape-length and --totals.
* Rename option --read-full-blocks (-B) to --read-full-records (-B).
* Rename option --block-size (-b) to --blocking-factor (-b).
* Rename option --record-number (-R) to --block-number (-R).
* With --block-number (-R), report null blocks and end of file.
* Implement --record-size for introducing a size in bytes.
* Delete --block-compress option and rather decide it automatically.
* Rename option --modification-time to --touch.
Many bugs are squashed, while others still run free.
Version 1.11.8 - François Pinard, 1995-06.
* Messages available in French, German, Portuguese and Swedish.
* The distribution provides a rudimentary Texinfo manual.
* The device defaults to stdin/stdout, unless overridden by the installer.
* Option --sparse (-S) should work on more systems.
* Option --rsh-command may select an alternative remote shell program.
Most changes are internal, and should yield better portability.
Version 1.11.2 - Michael Bushnell, 1993-03.
* Changes in backup scripts: cleaned up considerably; notices error
conditions better over rsh; DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT is now an option in
backup-specs; new file dump-remind is an example of a
DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT.
* Superfluous "Reading dirname" was a bug; fixed.
* Incompatibility problems with a bug on Solaris are fixed.
* New option --gzip (aliases are --ungzip and -z); calls gzip instead
of compress. Also, --use-compress-program lets you specify any
compress program. --compress-block is renamed --block-compress and
now requires one of the three compression options to be specified.
* Several error messages are cleaned up.
* Directory owners are now set properly when running as root.
* Provide DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT in backup-specs as a possible option
for --info-script.
* Behave better with broken rmt servers.
* Dump scripts no longer use --atime-preserve; this causes a nasty probem.
* Several Makefile cleanups.
Version 1.11.1 - Michael Bushnell, 1992-09.
* Many bug fixes.
Version 1.11 - Michael Bushnell, 1992-09.
Version 1.10.16 - 1992-07.
Version 1.10.15 - 1992-06.
Version 1.10.14 - 1992-05.
Version 1.10.13 - 1992-01.
* Many bug fixes.
* Now uses GNU standard configure, generated by Autoconf.
* Long options now use `--'; use of `+' is deprecated and support
for it will eventually be removed.
* New option --null causes filenames read by -T to be
null-terminated, and causes -C to be ignored.
* New option --remove-files deletes files (but not directories)
after they are added to the archive.
* New option --ignore-failed-read prevents read-errors from affecting
the exit status.
* New option --checkpoint prints occasional messages as the tape
is being read or written.
* New option --show-omitted-dirs prints the names of directories
omitted from the archive.
* Some tape drives which use a non-standard method of indicating
end-of-tape now work correctly with multi-tape archives.
* --volno-file: Read the volume number used in prompting the user
(but not in recording volume ID's on the archive) from a file.
* When using --multi-volume, you can now give multiple -f arguments;
the various tape drives will get used in sequence and then wrap
around to the beginning.
* Remote archive names no longer have to be in /dev: any file with a
`:' is interpreted as remote. If new option --force-local is given,
then even archive files with a `:' are considered local.
* New option --atime-preserve restores (if possible) atimes to
their original values after dumping the file.
* No longer does tar confusingly dump "." when you don't tell it
what to dump.
* When extracting directories, tar now correctly restores their
modification and access times.
* Longnames support is redone differently--long name info directly
precedes the long-named file or link in the archive, so you no
longer have to wait for the extract to hit the end of the tape for
long names to work.
Version 1.10 - Michael Bushnell, 1991-07.
* Filename to -G is optional. -C works right. Names +newer and
+newer-mtime work right.
* -g is now +incremental, -G is now +listed-incremental.
* Sparse files now work correctly.
* +volume is now called +label.
* +exclude now takes a filename argument, and +exclude-from does
what +exclude used to do.
* Exit status is now correct.
* +totals keeps track of total I/O and prints it when tar exits.
* When using +label with +extract, the label is now a regexp.
* New option +tape-length (-L) does multi-volume handling like BSD
dump: you tell tar how big the tape is and it will prompt at that
point instead of waiting for a write error.
* New backup scripts level-0 and level-1 which might be useful
to people. They use a file "backup-specs" for information, and
shouldn't need local modification. These are what we use to do
all our backups at the FSF.
Version 1.09 - Jay Fenlason, 1990-10.
Version 1.08 - Jay Fenlason, 1990-01.
Versions 1.07 back to 1.00 by Jay Fenlason.
* See ChangeLog for more details.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU tar.
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with tar; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
Local variables:
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
time-stamp-start: "changes. "
time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
time-stamp-end: "\n"
end:

173
gnutar/PORTS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
Ports of GNU tar and other tars
See the end of file for copying conditions.
* Introduction
Most entries in this file are out of date, unfortunately. Such
entries are marked with an `X'. Run grep '^\*\*[^X]' PORTS to
extract valid entries.
Please write bug-tar@gnu.org if you are aware of various ports of GNU tar
to non-GNU and non-Unix systems not listed here, or for corrections.
Please provide the goal system, a complete and stable URL, the maintainer
name and address, the tar version used as a base, and your comments.
* GNU/Linux and Unix
** Star is a tape archiver similar to tar.
<http://www.fokus.gmd.de/research/cc/glone/employees/joerg.schilling/private/star.html>
* Amiga
**X ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/GNUtar-1.11.8.lha
maintained by Enrico Forestieri <enrico@com.unipr.it>
Based on tar 1.11.8.
**X ftp://ftp.ninemoons.com/pub/ade/current/amiga-bin/tar-1.11.8-bin.lha
maintained by the ADE group <fnf@fishpond.ninemoons.com>
Based on tar 1.11.8, needs ixemul.library.
**X ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/gnutar.lha
maintained by <mscheler@wuarchive.wustl.edu>
* DEC alpha (NT)
**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
* DEC VAX (VMS)
**X http://www.lp.se/free/vmstar/
maintained by Richard Levitte <levitte@lp.se>
This is not GNU tar, but a separate implementation.
** maintained by William Bader <william@nscs.fast.net>
For V4.7. Based on an old PDtar. Requires compatible shared libraries
to run V5 or V6 executables.
* IBM/PC (DV/X)
**X ftp://qdeck.com/ (?)
maintained by David Ronis <ronis@gibbs.chem.mcgill.ca>
For Desqview/X. Everything works besides compression. Copy of hacked
sources available, some of DV/X's programmer's library also needed.
* IBM/PC (MSDOS)
**X http://www.simtel.net/simtel.net/
http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish (Germany)
ftp://ftp.simtel.net/simtelnet/gnu
ftp://ftp.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish
maintained by Darrel Hankerson <hankedr@mail.auburn.edu>
You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'. The GNUish project is described
in `gnuish_t.htm'.
** The DJGPP development tools also include some `tar' utilities.
**X ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/dos-gnutar/
maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
Based on tar 1.11.2. Support for SCSI (via ASPI) and network (rsh over
packet driver). No support for win95 long file names.
**X ftp://ftp.wu-wien.ac.at/pub/src/PCmisc/aspi-tar/*
maintained by Christoph Splittgerber <chris@orion.sdata.de>
Based on tar 1.10. Support for SCSI (via ASPI).
**X ftp://wuarchive (?)
Several DOS version based on PDtar. John Gilmore <gnu@toad.com> says
he has copies of several vintages saved.
**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.exe
ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.taz
ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.zip
**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.4/os2/archiver/tar.zip
Based on PDtar.
**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
** ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
**X http://people.darmstadt.netsurf.de/tst/tar.htm
maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
This is not a `tar' port, but an index of them.
* IBM/PC (OS/2)
**X http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtar254.zip
http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtak254.zip
maintained by Andreas Kaiser <Andreas.Kaiser@stuttgart.netsurf.de>
Version 2.54. Based on tar 1.10. The second archive contains SCSI
drivers (DAT streamers notably) and rmt-type programs.
* IBM/PC (Win32: Windows 95, NT 3.5 or NT 4.0)
**X ftp://ftp.cygnus.com:~ftp/pub/sac/win32/usersrc/*
maintained by Cygnus
GNU-Win32 B17.1 distribution. Download all files, `cat' them together,
and `untar' the result. You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'.
Based on tar 1.11.2.
**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
** ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
* IBM/PC (Windows 3.1)
**X ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/win-gnutar/
maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
Support for network (rsh over winsock). No support for win95 long
file names.
**X ftp://ftp.gamesdomain.ru/.1/os/windows/programr/tar.zip
Based on GNU tar 1.11.2.
* Macintosh
** Paulo Abreu (paulotex at yahoo dot com) did a
limited port of GNU tar to Darwin, with support for resource forks
and finder info, but this no longer seems to be available.
** There is a tar in Stuffit Expander which is available many places and
comes with MacOS. It creates some spurious files but works on average.
** There is an excellent GNU tar bundled in Tenon MachTen, but it does not
seem to be available separately.
* Copyright notice
Copyright (C) 1999, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU tar.
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GNU tar; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
Local Variables:
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
version-control: never
End:

251
gnutar/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
README for GNU tar
See the end of file for copying conditions.
* Introduction
Please glance through *all* sections of this
`README' file before starting configuration. Also make sure you read files
`ABOUT-NLS' and `INSTALL' if you are not familiar with them already.
If you got the `tar' distribution in `shar' format, time stamps ought to be
properly restored; do not ignore such complaints at `unshar' time.
GNU `tar' saves many files together into a single tape or disk
archive, and can restore individual files from the archive. It includes
multivolume support, the ability to archive sparse files, automatic archive
compression/decompression, remote archives and special features that allow
`tar' to be used for incremental and full backups. This distribution
also includes `rmt', the remote tape server. The `mt' tape drive control
program is in the GNU `cpio' distribution.
GNU `tar' is derived from John Gilmore's public domain `tar'.
See file `ABOUT-NLS' for how to customize this program to your language.
See file `COPYING' for copying conditions.
See file `INSTALL' for compilation and installation instructions.
See file `PORTS' for various ports of GNU tar to non-Unix systems.
See file `NEWS' for a list of major changes in the current release.
See file `THANKS' for a list of contributors.
Besides those configure options documented in files `INSTALL' and
`ABOUT-NLS', an extra option may be accepted after `./configure':
* Install
** Selecting the default archive format.
The default archive format is GNU, this can be overridden by
presetting DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT while configuring. The allowed
values are GNU, V7, OLDGNU, USTAR and POSIX.
** Selecting the default archive device
The default archive device is now `stdin' on read and `stdout' on write.
The installer can still override this by presetting `DEFAULT_ARCHIVE'
in the environment before configuring (the behavior of `-[0-7]' or
`-[0-7]lmh' options in `tar' are then derived automatically). Similarly,
`DEFAULT_BLOCKING' can be preset to something else than 20.
** Selecting full pathname of the "rmt" binary.
Previous versions of tar always looked for "rmt" binary in the
directory "/etc/rmt". However, the "rmt" program included
in the distribution was installed under "$prefix/libexec/rmt".
To fix this discrepancy, tar now looks for "$prefix/libexec/rmt".
If you do not want this behavior, specify full path name of
"rmt" binary using DEFAULT_RMT_DIR variable, e.g.:
./configure DEFAULT_RMT_DIR=/etc
If you already have a copy of "rmt" installed and wish to use it
instead of the version supplied with the distribution, use --with-rmt
option:
./configure --with-rmt=/etc/rmt
This will also disable building the included version of rmt.
** Installing backup scripts.
This version of tar is shipped with the shell scripts for producing
incremental backups (dumps) and restoring filesystems from them.
The name of the backup script is "backup". The name of the
restore script is "restore". They are installed in "$prefix/sbin"
directory.
Use option --enable-backup-scripts to compile and install these
scripts.
** `--disable-largefile' omits support for large files, even if the
operating system supports large files. Typically, large files are
those larger than 2 GB on a 32-bit host.
* Installation hints
Here are a few hints which might help installing `tar' on some systems.
** gzip and bzip2.
GNU tar uses the gzip and bzip2 programs to read and write compressed
archives. If you don't have these programs already, you need to
install them. Their sources can be found at:
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/
http://sourceware.cygnus.com/bzip2/
If you see the following symptoms:
$ tar -xzf file.tar.gz
gzip: stdin: decompression OK, trailing garbage ignored
tar: Child returned status 2
then you have encountered a gzip incompatibility that should be fixed
in gzip test version 1.3, which as of this writing is available at
<ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/>. You can work around the
incompatibility by using a shell command like
`gzip -d <file.tar.gz | tar -xzf -'.
** Solaris issues.
GNU tar exercises many features that can cause problems with older GCC
versions. In particular, GCC 2.8.1 (sparc, -O1 or -O2) is known to
miscompile GNU tar. No compiler-related problems have been reported
when using GCC 2.95.2 or later.
Recent versions of Solaris tar sport a new -E option to generate
extended headers in an undocumented format. GNU tar does not
understand these headers.
** Static linking.
Some platform will, by default, prepare a smaller `tar' executable
which depends on shared libraries. Since GNU `tar' may be used for
system-level backups and disaster recovery, installers might prefer to
force static linking, making a bigger `tar' executable maybe, but able to
work standalone, in situations where shared libraries are not available.
The way to achieve static linking varies between systems. Set LDFLAGS
to a value from the table below, before configuration (see `INSTALL').
Platform Compiler LDFLAGS
(any) Gnu C -static
AIX (vendor) -bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp
HPUX (vendor) -Wl,-a,archive
IRIX (vendor) -non_shared
OSF (vendor) -non_shared
SCO 3.2v5 (vendor) -dn
Solaris (vendor) -Bstatic
SunOS (vendor) -Bstatic
** Failed tests `ignfail.sh' or `incremen.sh'.
In an NFS environment, lack of synchronization between machine clocks
might create difficulties to any tool comparing dates and file time stamps,
like `tar' in incremental dumps. This has been a recurrent problem with
GNU Make for the last few years. We would like a general solution.
** BSD compatibility matters.
Set LIBS to `-lbsd' before configuration (see `INSTALL') if the linker
complains about `bsd_ioctl' (Slackware). Also set CPPFLAGS to
`-I/usr/include/bsd' if <sgtty.h> is not found (Slackware).
** OPENStep 4.2 swap files
Tar cannot read the file /private/vm/swapfile.front (even as root).
This file is not a real file, but some kind of uncompressed view of
the real compressed swap file; there is no reason to back it up, so
the simplest workaround is to avoid tarring this file.
* Special topics
Here are a few special matters about GNU `tar', not related to build
matters. See previous section for such.
** File attributes.
About *security*, it is probable that future releases of `tar' will have
some behavior changed. There are many pending suggestions to choose from.
Today, extracting an archive not being `root', `tar' will restore suid/sgid
bits on files but owned by the extracting user. `root' automatically gets
a lot of special privileges, `-p' might later become required to get them.
GNU `tar' does not properly restore symlink attributes. Various systems
implement flavors of symbolic links showing different behavior and
properties. We did not successfully sorted all these out yet. Currently,
the `lchown' call will be used if available, but that's all.
** POSIX compliance.
GNU `tar' is able to create archive in the following formats:
*** The format of UNIX version 7
*** POSIX.1-1988 format, also known as "ustar format"
*** POSIX.1-2001 format, also known as "pax format"
*** Old GNU format (described below)
In addition to those, GNU `tar' is also able to read archives
produced by `star' archiver.
A so called `Old GNU' format is based on an early draft of the
POSIX 1003.1 `ustar' standard which is different from the final
standard. It defines its extensions (such as incremental backups
and handling of the long file names) in a way incompatible with
any existing tar archive format, therefore the use of old GNU
format is strongly discouraged.
Please read the file NEWS for more information about POSIX compliance
and new `tar' features.
* What's next?
GNU tar will be merged into GNU paxutils: a project containing
several utilities related to creating and handling archives in
various formats. The project will include tar, cpio and pax
utilities.
* Bug reporting.
Send bug reports to <bug-tar@gnu.org>. A bug report should contain
an adequate description of the problem, your input, what you expected,
what you got, and why this is wrong. Diffs are welcome, but they only
describe a solution, from which the problem might be uneasy to infer.
If needed, submit actual data files with your report. Small data files
are preferred. Big files may sometimes be necessary, but do not send them
to the report address; rather take special arrangement with the maintainer.
Your feedback will help us to make a better and more portable package.
Consider documentation errors as bugs, and report them as such. If you
develop anything pertaining to `tar' or have suggestions, let us know
and share your findings by writing to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
* Copying
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU tar.
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with tar; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
Local Variables:
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
version-control: never
End:

526
gnutar/THANKS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
GNU tar THANKS file
Public domain tar was written by John Gilmore, with contributions
from Henry Spencer, Fred Fish, Ian Darwin, Geoff Collyer, Stan Barber,
Guy Harris, Dave Brower, Richard Todd, Michael Rendell, Stu Heiss and
Rich $alz. The FSF version, named GNU tar, was derived from PDTAR by
Jay Fenlason and Joy Kendall, and was maintained in turn by François
Pinard, Paul Eggert and Sergey Poznyakoff.
Many people further contributed to GNU tar by reporting problems,
suggesting various improvements or submitting actual code. Here is a
list of these people. Help me keep it complete and exempt of errors.
See various ChangeLogs for a detailed description of contributions.
Aage Robeck aagero@ifi.uio.no
Adye, TJ (Tim) T.J.Adye@rl.ac.uk
Akiko Matsushita matusita@sra.co.jp
Alan Bawden Alan@lcs.mit.edu
Alan Cox alan@cymru.net
Alan Modra alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au
Albert W. Dorrington awdorrin@ictest.delcoelect.com
Alex Schmidt root@lacesm.ufsm.br
Alexander Dupuy dupuy@smarts.com
Alexander Lehmann alex@hal.rhein-main.de
Alexander V. Lukyanov lav@long.yar.ru
Alois Steindl Alois.Steindl+Mechanik@tuwien.ac.at
Amos Yahil ayahil@sbast4.ess.sunysb.edu
Anders Andersson andersa@docs.uu.se
Anders Liljeborg anders@fysik4.kth.se
Andre Novaes Cunha Andre.Cunha@br.global-one.net
Andreas Degert ad@papyrus.hamburg.com
Andreas Haumer andreas@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at
Andreas Jaeger aj@arthur.pfalz.de
Andreas Koppenhoefer koppenh@trick.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
Andreas Reuter ar205@bonzo.geowiss.nat.tu-bs.de
Andreas Schuldei andreas@schuldei.org
Andreas Schwab schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
Andrew A. Ivanov ivanov@mics.msu.su
Andrew J. Schorr schorr@ead.dsa.com
Andrew Torda torda@igc.chem.ethz.ch
Andrey A. Chernov ache@astral.msk.su
Andy Gay andy@rdl.co.uk
Antonio Jose Coutinho ajc@di.uminho.pt
Ariel Faigon ariel@engr.sgi.com
Arne Wichmann aw@math.uni-sb.de
Arnold Robbins arnold@gnu.org
Art Isbell aisbell@cubicsol.com
Axel Boldt boldt@math.ucsb.edu
Axel Habermann kiwi@belly.in-berlin.de
Bdale Garbee bdale@gag.com
Becki Kain beckers@josephus.furph.com
Bela Lubkin filbo@armory.com
Ben A. Mesander ben@piglet.cr.usgs.gov
Benedikt Stockebrand benedikt@devnull.ruhr.de
Bennett Todd bet@mordor.com
Benno Schulenberg benno@nietvergeten.nl
Benny Holmgren benny@hgs.se
Bernard Chen bern@cs.ucla.edu
Bernard Derval derval@iro.umontreal.ca
Bernhard Rosenkraenzer bero@redhat.de
Bo Nygaard Bai bai@iesd.auc.dk
Bob Kaehms kaehms@was.archive.org
Bob Mende Pie mende@piecomputer.rutgers.edu
Bradley A. Smith basmith@prometheus.chem.umn.edu
Brendan Kehoe brendan@cygnus.com
Brett Gaines gaines@saifr00.ateng.az.honeywell.com
Brian Perkins bperkins@netspace.org
Brian R. Smith brian@cygnus.com
Bruce Evans bde@runx.oz.au
Bruce Jerrick bruce@cse.ogi.edu
Bruno Haible haible@ilog.fr
Bryan Ford baford@mit.edu
Bryant Fujimoto fujimoto@denali.chem.washington.edu
Burkhard Plache plache@krusty.optimax.ns.ca
Calvin Cliff cliff@trifid.astro.ucla.edu
Cameron Elliott cam@mvbms.mvbms.com
Carl Streeter streeter@cae.wisc.edu
Carsten Heyl heyl@nads.de
Catrin Urbanneck cur@gppc.de
Cesar Romani romani@ifm.uni-hamburg.de
Chad Hurwitz churritz@cts.com
Chance Reschke creschke@usra.edu
Charles Fu ccwf@klab.caltech.edu
Charles Lopes Charles.Lopes@infm.ulst.ac.uk
Charles M. Hannum mycroft@gnu.org
Chip Salzenberg tct!chip
Chris Arthur csa@gnu.org
Chris F.M. Verberne verberne@prl.philips.nl
Chris G. Demetriou cgd@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu
Chris Hopps sycom.mi.org!ro-chp!chopps
Chris Metcalf metcalf@catfish.lcs.mit.edu
Chris Ransom chris@quests.com
Christian Callsen Christian.Callsen@eng.sun.com
Christian Kirsch ck@held.mind.de
Christian Laubscher christian.laubscher@tiscalinet.ch
Christian T. Dum ctd@mpe-garching.mpg.de
Christian von Roques roques@pond.sub.org
Christoph Litauer litauer@mailhost.uni-koblenz.de
Christophe Colle colle@krtkg1.rug.ac.be
Christophe Kalt Christophe.Kalt@kbcfp.com
Christopher T. Johnson cjohnson@camelot.com
Christopher Vickery vickery@ipc1.cs.qc.edu
Claude Scarpelli claude@genethon.fr
Claus Heine Claus_Heine@ac2.maus.de
Cliff Krumvieda cliff@cs.cornell.edu
Clinton Carr clint@netcom.com
Conrad Hughes chughes@maths.tcd.ie
Constantin Belous const@cris.net
Coranth Gryphon gryphon@bur.visidyne.com
Dale R. Worley worley@world.std.com
Dale Wiles wiles@geordi.calspan.com
Dan Bloch dan@transarc.com
Dan Reish dreish@izzy.net
Daniel Hagerty hag@gnu.org
Daniel Quinlan quinlan@pathname.com
Daniel R. Guilderson d.guilderson@ma30.bull.com
Daniel S. Barclay daniel@compass-da.com
Daniel Trinkle trinkle@cs.purdue.edu
Danny R. Johnston danny@cs.weber.edu
Dave Barr barr@math.psu.edu
Dave Gentzel gentzel@nova.enet.dec.com
Dave Gregorich dtg@ipac.caltech.edu
David Brown davidb@davidb.org
David J. MacKenzie djm@uunet.uu.net
David Johnson David.W.Johnson@colorado.edu
David K. Drum ccdavid@mizzou1.missouri.edu
David Lawyer david.lawyer@patchbay.com
David Lemson lemson@uiuc.edu
David Mansfield david@cobite.com
David Martin dmartin@lerc.nasa.gov
David N. Brown dbrown@lorien.physics.louisville.edu
David Nugent davidn@blaze.net.au
David Shaw david.shaw@alcatel.com.au
David Steiner dsteiner@ispa.uni-osnabrueck.de
David Taylor taylor@think.com
Dean Gaudet dgaudet@watdragon.uwaterloo.ca
Demizu Noritoshi nori-d@is.aist-nara.ac.jp
Denis Fortin fortin@acm.org
Dennis Pixton dennis@math.binghamton.edu
Dick Streefland dicks@tasking.nl
Dietmar Braun dietmar@highway.bertelsmann.de
Dimitri Bougoulias opus@hol.gr
Dimitris Fousekis dfousek@leon.nrcps.ariadne-t.gr
Dirk Herr-Hoyman hoymand@gate.net
Don Bennett dpb@netcom.com
Donald B Gordon dbgordon@gnu.org
Donald H. Locker dhl@spuf1d83.lcp.chrysler.com
Douglas Scott doug@foxtrot.ccmrc.ucsb.edu
Drew Sullivan drew@sni.ca
Drew Trieger trieger@woodstock.abbott.com
Dunstan Vavasour dev@cegelecproj.co.uk
Ed Childs echilds@bgs.com
Edgar Taube et@immd8.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
Eduardo Kortright eduardo@cs.ua.edu
Eduardo V. de Rivas eddie@asterion.com
Edward Welbourne eddy@gen.cam.ac.uk
Elmar Heeb heeb@itp.ethz.ch
Elmer Fittery elmerf@ptw.com
Eric Backus ericb@lsid.hp.com
Eric Benson eb@amazon.com
Eric Blake ebb9@byu.net
Eric M. Boehm Eric.M.Boehm@optimumtech.com
Eric Norum eric@ee.ualberta.ca
Erich Stefan Boleyn erich@uruk.org
Erick Branderhorst branderh@debian.iaehv.nl
Erik D. Frederick edf@deckard.mc.duke.edu
Esa Karell karell@cs.helsinki.fi
Ezra Peisach epeisach@mit.edu
Fabio d'Alessi cars@civ.bio.unipd.it
Frank Heckenbach frank@g-n-u.de
Frank Koenen koenfr@lidp.com
Franz-Werner Gergen gergen@edvulx.mpi-stuttgart.mpg.de
François Pinard pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
Fritz Elfert fritz@fsun.triltsch.de
George Chyu gschyu@ccgate.dp.beckman.com
Gerben Wierda gerben@rna.indiv.nluug.nl
Gerd Knorr kraxel@cs.tu-berlin.de
Gerhard Poul gpoul@gnu.org
Giorgio Signorini signo@chim.unifi.it
Graham Whitted gbw@sgrail.com
Grant McDorman grant@isgtec.com
Greg Black gjb@gba.oz.au
Greg Chung gchung@caip.rutgers.edu
Greg Hudson ghudson@mit.edu
Greg Maples greg@clari.net
Greg McGary gkm@cstone.net
Greg Schafer gschafer@zip.com.au
Göran Uddeborg gvran@uddeborg.pp.se
Gürkan Karaman karaman@dssgmbh.de
Hans Guerth 100664.3101@compuserve.com
Hansjörg Lipp hjlipp@web.de
Harald König koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
Harald Milz hm@seneca.ix.de
Heiko Schinke mdqac@biochemtech.uni-halle.de
Heiko Schlichting heiko@fu-berlin.de
Helmut Waitzmann Helmut.Waitzmann@web.de
Henrik Bakman hb@csd.uu.se
Hernan Prieto Schmidt hernan@pea.usp.br
Hiroyuki Bessho bsh@grotto.iijnet.or.jp
Holger Teutsch holger@hotbso.rhein-main.de
Hugh Secker-Walker hugh@ear.mit.edu
Hunyue Yau hunyue.yau@picksys.com
Ian Jackson ijackson@gnu.org
Ian Lance Taylor ian@cygnus.com
Ian T. Zimmerman itz@crl.com
Ian Turner ian@zmanda.com
Indra Singhal indra@synoptics.com
J. Dean Brock brock@cs.unca.edu
J.J. Bailey jjb@jagware.bcc.com
J.T. Conklin jtc@cygnus.com
James Crawford Ralston qralston+@pitt.edu
James E. Carpenter jimc@zach1.tiac.net
James H Caldwell Jr caldwell@cs.fsu.edu
James Stevens James.Stevens@jrcs.co.uk
James V. DI Toro III karrde@gats.hampton.va.us
James W. McKelvey mckelvey@fafnir.com
Jamie Zawinski jwz@lucid.com
Jan Carlson janc@sni.ca
Jan Djarv jan.djarv@mbox200.swipnet.se
Janice Burton r06a165@bcc25.kodak.com
Janne Snabb snabb@niksula.hut.fi
Jason R. Mastaler jason@webmaster.net
Jason Armistead Jason.Armistead@otis.com
Jay Fenlason hack@gnu.org
Jean-Michel Soenen soenen@lectra.fr
Jean-Ph. Martin-Flatin syj@ecmwf.int
Jean-loup Gailly jloup@chorus.fr
Jeff Moskow jeff@rtr.com
Jeff Prothero jsp@betz.biostr.washington.edu
Jeff Siegel js@hornet.att.com
Jeff Sorensen sorenj@alumni.rpi.edu
Jeffrey Goldberg J.Goldberg@cranfield.ac.uk
Jeffrey Mark Siskind Qobi@emba.uvm.edu
Jeffrey W. Parker jwpkr@mcs.com
Jens Henrik Jensen recjhl@mediator.uni-c.dk
Jim Blandy jimb@totoro.cs.oberlin.edu
Jim Clausing jac@postbox.acs.ohio-state.edu
Jim Farrell jwf@platinum.com
Jim Meyering meyering@na-net.ornl.gov
Jim Murray jjm@jjm.com
Joachim Holzfuss Joachim.Holzfuss@iap.physik.th-darmstadt.de
Joachim Seelig joachim@kruemel.han.de
Joe DeBattista joed@itsa.ucsf.edu
Johan Vromans jvromans@squirrel.nl
Johannes Helander jvh@cs.hut.fi
John Clark jclark@gray.cscwc.pima.edu
John D. Sybalsky John_D._Sybalsky.MV@envos.xerox.com
John David Anglin dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca
John Gilmore gnu@toad.com
John J. Szetela johns@angelo.amd.com
John L. Chmielewski jlc@attmail.com
John L. Males jlmales@yahoo.com
John Oleynick juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
John R. Vanderpool fish@daacdev1.stx.com
John Rouillard rouilj@cs.umb.edu
John Thomas McDole john.thomas.mcdole@nagra.com
Jon Lewis jlewis@inorganic5.fdt.net
Jonathan I. Kamens jik@cam.ov.com
Jonathan N. Sherman sysjns@etacrs1.safb.af.mil
Jonathan Thornburg thornbur@theory.physics.ubc.ca
Josef Bauer Josef.Bauer@mchp.siemens.de
Joseph E. Sacco jsacco@ssl.com
Joshua R. Poulson jrp@plaza.ds.adp.com
Joutsiniemi Tommi Il tj75064@cs.tut.fi
Joy Kendall jak8@world.std.com
Judy Ricker jricker@gdstech.grumman.com
Juha Sarlin juha@tds.kth.se
Jurgen Botz jbotz@orixa.mtholyoke.edu
Jyh-Shyang Wang erik@vsp.ee.nctu.edu.tw
Jörg Schilling schilling@fokus.fraunhofer.de
Jörg Weule weule@cs.uni-duesseldorf.de
Jörg Weilbier gnu@weilbier.net
Jörgen Hågg Jorgen.Hagg@axis.se
Jörgen Weigert jw@suse.de
Jürgen Lüters jlueters@t-online.de
Jürgen Reiss reiss@psychologie.uni-wuerzburg.de
Kai Petzke wpp@marie.physik.tu-berlin.de
Kai Schlichting kai@computel.com
Karl Berry karl@cs.umb.edu
Karl Heuer kwzh@gnu.org
Karl Vogel vogelke@c-17igp.wpafb.af.mil
Karlos Z. Smith kazen@viptx.net
Karsten Thygesen karthy@kom.auc.dk
Kaveh R. Ghazi ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
Keith Young youngk@astro.ocis.temple.edu
Kelly Stephens kstephen@holli.com
Ken Raeburn raeburn@cygnus.com
Ken Steube steube@sdsc.edu
Kevin D Quitt drs@netcom.com
Kevin Dalley kevin@aimnet.com
Kimball Collins kpc@ptolemy.arc.nasa.gov
Kimmy Posey kimmyd@bnr.ca
Koji Kishi kis@rqa.sony.co.jp
Konno Hiroharu konno@pac.co.jp
Kurt Jaeger pi@lf.net
Larry Creech lcreech@lonestar.rcclub.org
Larry Schwimmer rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu
Laurent Caillat-Vallet caillat@noe.lyon.cemagref.fr
Laurent Sainte-Marthe smarthe@genethon.fr
Leland Lucius llucius@tiny.net
Les Mikesell les@mcs.com
Loren J. Rittle rittle@comm.mot.com
Loïc Prylli Loic.Prylli@lip.ens-lyon.fr
Luke Mewburn lukem@connect.com.au
Machael Stone mstone@cs.loyola.edu
Mads Martin Joergensen mmj@suse.de
Manfred Weichel Manfred.Weichel@mch.sni.de
Manuel Munier Manuel.Munier@loria.fr
Marc Boucher marc@cam.org
Marc Ewing marc@redhat.com
Marcin Matuszewski marcin@frodo.nask.org.pl
Marcus Daniels marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
Mark Bynum bynum@cennas.nhmfl.gov
Mark Clements mpc@mbsmm.com
Mark Frost mfrost@ncd.com
Mark Kollert Mark.Kollert@oi42.kwu.siemens.de
Mark W. Eichin eichin@cygnus.com
Markus Kuhn mskuhn@cip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
Martin Bellenberg sunsoft@ifm.uni-hamburg.de
Martin Goik goik@HDM-Stuttgart.de
Martin Mares mj@k332.feld.cvut.cz
Martin Simmons ZYHYLCRMZPRP@spammotel.com
Marty Leisner leisner@eso.mc.xerox.com
Massimo Dal Zotto dz@cs.unitn.it
Mats Lofkvist d87-mal@nada.kth.se
Matt Power mhpower@mit.edu
Matthew J. D'Errico doc@deathstar.lis.cch.com
Matti Aarnio mea@utu.fi
Max Hailperin max@nic.gac.edu
Maxime Taksar mmt@redbrick.com
Melissa O'Neill oneill@cs.sfu.ca
Melissa Weisshaus melissa@gnu.org
Michael Dietrich mdt@is.in-berlin.de
Michael Ellis bosun@aquarius.seaoar.uvic.ca
Michael Giddings giddings@whitewater.chem.wisc.edu
Michael Hayes michaelh@poroporo.chch.cri.nz
Michael Helm mike@fionn.lbl.gov
Michael Holmes mholmes@lccinc.com
Michael Kaufman mkaufman@netgsi.com
Michael Kubik mkubik@qitgsdv1.telecom.com.au
Michael Lin mlin@lynx.com
Michael Maass michael.maass@bk.bosch.de
Michael Meissner meissner@cygnus.com
Michael P Urban urban@cobra.jpl.nasa.gov
Michael Schmidt michael@muc.de
Michael Schwingen m.schwingen@stochastik.rwth-aachen.de
Michael Smolsky fnsiguc@astro.weizmann.ac.il
Mike Muuss mike@brl.mil
Mike Nolan nolan@lpl.arizona.edu
Mike Rogers mike@demon.net
Mike Silano silano@newton.cs.jhu.edu
Mike Walker M.D.Walker@larc.nasa.gov
Milan Hodoscek milan@kihp6.ki.si
Minh Tran-Le tranle@intellicorp.com
Mitsuaki Masuhara masuhara@mcprv.mec.mei.co.jp
Nate Eldredge nate@cs.hmc.edu
Neil Faulks neil@dcs.kcl.ac.uk
Neil Jerram nj104@cus.cam.ac.uk
Nelson H.F. Beebe beebe@math.utah.edu
Nick Barron nikb@cix.compulink.co.uk
Noah Friedman friedman@gnu.org
Noel Cragg noel@red-bean.com
Norbert Kiesel norbert@rwthi3.informatik.rwth-aachen.de
Olaf Schlueter olaf@toppoint.de
Olaf Wucknitz owucknitz@hs.uni-hamburg.de
Oliver Trepte oliver@fysik4.kth.se
Olivier Roussel roussel@lifl.fr
Oswald P. Backus IV backus@lks.csi.com
Pascal Meheut pascal@cnam.cnam.fr
Patrick Fulconis fulco@sig.uvsq.fr
Patrick Timmons timmons@electech.polymtl.ca
Paul Eggert eggert@twinsun.com
Paul Kanz paul@icx.com
Paul Mitchell P.Mitchell@surrey.ac.uk
Paul Nevai pali+@osu.edu
Paul Nordstrom 100067.3532@compuserve.com
Paul O'Connor oconnorp@ul.ie
Paul Siddall pauls@postman.essex.ac.uk
Peder Chr. Norgaard pcn@tbit.dk
Pekka Janhunen Pekka.Janhunen@fmi.fi
Per Bojsen pb@delta.dk
Per Foreby perf@efd.lth.se
Pete Geenhuizen peteg@beno.css.gov
Peter Carah pete@looneytunes.com
Peter Fox fox@gec-mi-at.co.uk
Peter Kutschera peter@zditr1.arcs.ac.at
Peter Seebach seebs@taniemarie.solon.com
Phil Hands phil@hands.com
Philippe Defert defert@cern.ch
Piercarlo Grandi piercarl@sabi.demon.co.uk
Pierce Cantrell cantrell@ee.tamu.edu
R. Kent Dybvig dyb@cadence.bloomington.in.us
R. Scott Butler butler@prism.es.dupont.com
Rainer Orth ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
Ralf Wildenhues Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de
Ralf S. Engelschall rse@engelschall.com
Ralf Suckow suckow@contrib.de
Ralph Corderoy ralph@inputplus.co.uk
Ralph Schleicher rs@purple.ul.bawue.de
Randy Bias randyb@edge.edge.net
Ray Dassen jdassen@wi.leidenuniv.nl
Reuben J. Ravago reuben@asti.dost.gov.ph
Reuben Sumner rasumner@undergrad.math.uwaterloo.ca
Ricardo Marek ricky@ornet.co.il
Richard Deal deal@xi.cs.fsu.edu
Richard J. Kettlewell rjk@greenend.org.uk
Richard Lloyd R.K.Lloyd@csc.liv.ac.uk
Richard O'Neill richard@nexus.vnus.bc.ca
Richard Sims rbs@acs.bu.edu
Richard Stallman rms@gnu.org
Richard Westerik richardw@bssi.nl
Rick Emerson rick@ssg.com
Rob Parry rparry@hydrolab.arsusda.gov
Robert Anthony Nader naderr@usa.net
Robert Bernstein rocky@panix.com
Robert E. Brown brown@bibliotech.com
Robert Frey bobf@unix.advansys.com
Robert Leslie rob@mars.org
Robert Lipe robertl@arnet.com
Robert McGraw mcgraw@sunspot.noao.edu
Robert W. Kim robertwk@aixpdslib.seas.ucla.edu
Robert Weiner robert@progplus.com
Robert Weissenfels robert@hop.ping.de
Rocky Giannini rocky@nova.umd.edu
Rod Buchanan rod.buchanan@kratos.co.uk
Rod Thompson rodt@synopsys.com
Roderich Schupp roderich@syntec.m.eunet.de
Rodney Brown RBrown@cocam.com.au
Roland McGrath roland@gnu.org
Roland Schemers III schemers@vela.acs.oakland.edu
Rolf Niepraschk niepraschk@chbrb.berlin.ptb.de
Roman Czyborra czyborra@cs.tu-berlin.de
Roman Gollent roman@portal.stwing.upenn.edu
Ron Guilmette rfg@netcom.com
Roy Marantz marantz@nbcs.rutgers.edu
Russ Evans e_gs18@ub.nmh.ac.uk
Russell Cattelan cattelan@thebarn.com
Ryutaro Susukita susukita@pn.scphys.kyoto-u.ac.jp
Sakai Kiyotaka ksakai@netwk.ntt-at.co.jp
Sam Richards sam@blueskyprod.com
Santiago Vila Doncel sanvila@unex.es
Sarah Quady squady@warp10.keck.hawaii.edu
Saul Lubkin lubkin@cs.rochester.edu
Scott Grosch garath@engin.umich.edu
Scott Hunziker ksh@eskimo.com
Scott J. Kramer sjk@graham.com
Scott L. Burson gyro@zeta-soft.com
Scott S. Bertilson scott@geom.umn.edu
Serge Granik serge@euler.berkeley.edu
Seth Robertson seth@ctr.columbia.edu
Sherwood Botsford sherwood@space.ualberta.ca
Simon Wright simon.j.wright@gecm.com
Simon Wright simon@pogner.demon.co.uk
Sisira Jayasinghe sisira.jayasinghe@sdrc.com
Skip Montanaro skip@mojam.com http://www.musi-cal.com/~skip/
Solar Designer solar@openwall.com
Stefan Skoglund sp2stes1@ida.his.se
Steffen Stempel stempel@ira.uka.de
Stephen Gildea gildea@intouchsys.com
Stephen J Bevan stephenb@harlequin.co.uk
Stephen Saroff saroff@msc.edu
Stuart Kemp skemp@bmc.com
Stuart Poulin stuart@indsys.com
Sven Verdoolaege skimo@breughel.ufsia.ac.be
Sylvain Rougier un@grolier.fr
Tarang Kumar Patel mombasa@ptolemy.arc.nasa.gov
Ted Rule Ted_Rule@flextech.co.uk
The King elvis@gnu.org
Thomas metaf4@users.askja.de
Thomas Bushnell n/BSG thomas@gnu.org
Thomas Krebs krebs@faps.uni-erlangen.de
Thomas König Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de
Thomas M. Browder Jr. browder@use1.eglin.af.mil
Thomas Priesner priesner@flo.sh.bosch.de
Thomas Waas waas@echild.aiss.de
Thorbjxrn Willoch willoch@oslo.sgp.slb.com
Tilman Schmidt ts@gb1.sema.de
Tim Bradshaw tfb@aiai.ed.ac.uk
Tim Lashua tim@winternet.com
Tim Magill tim@tct.com
Tim P. Starrin noid@cyborg.larc.nasa.gov
Tim Ramsey tar@ksu.ksu.edu
Tim Rylance tkr@puffball.demon.co.uk
Tim Towers tzt@uniplex.co.uk
Timothy Fossum fossum@cs.uwp.edu
Timothy J. Lee timlee@netcom.com
Tito Flagella tito@di.unipi.it
Todd Vierling tv@duh.org
Tom Popovitch tpop@informix.com
Tom Quinn trq@astro.washington.edu
Tom Tromey tromey@drip.colorado.edu
Tor Lillqvist tml@hemuli.tte.vtt.fi
Torbjorn Granlund tege@sics.se
Torkel Hasle torkel@bibsyst.no
Toshiaki Nishi toshi@sss.osa.sharp.co.jp
Travis L. Priest T.L.Priest@larc.nasa.gov
Troy Rudolph rudtr01@cai.com
Tsutomu Yamada tsutomu@sra.co.jp
Ulrich Drepper drepper@gnu.org
Van Snyder vsnyder@math.jpl.nasa.gov
Vic Abell abe@cc.purdue.edu
Victor J. Griswold vgris@aironet.com
Ville Herva v@iki.fi
Vince Del Vecchio vdelvecc@inmet.com
W. Phillip Moore wpm@morgan.com
Warner Losh imp@boulder.parcplace.com
Warren Dodge warrend@sptekwv3.wv.tek.com
Wayne Christopher wayne@icemcfd.com
Werner Almesberger werner.almesberger@lrc.di.epfl.ch
William Bader william@nscs.fast.net
William J. Eaton wje@hoffman.rstnu.bcm.tmc.edu
William Kucharski kucharsk@netcom.com
Wojciech Polak polak@gnu.org
Wolfgang Rupprecht wolfgang@wsrcc.com
Wolfram Gloger Wolfram.Gloger@dent.med.uni-muenchen.de
Wolfram Kleff bugreport@wkleff.intergenia.de
Wolfram Wagner ww@mpi-sb.mpg.de
Włodzimierz Jan Martin wjm@pg.gda.pl
Yasushi Suzudo SGR00413@niftyserve.or.jp
Yu-Min Liang min@taz.ho.att.com
;;;; Local Variables:
;;;; mode: Fundamental
;;;; coding: utf-8
;;;; End:

71
gnutar/TODO Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
Suggestions for improving GNU tar.
* <45BEC0DB.8040903@unix-beratung.de>
* Incorporate fixes from major distributions, e.g., Debian GNU/Linux.
* Add support for restoring file time stamps to sub-second resolution,
if the file system supports this.
* Add support for restoring the attributes of symbolic links, for
OSes like FreeBSD that have the lutimes and lchmod functions.
* --append should bail out if the two archives are of different types.
* Add support for a 'pax' command that conforms to POSIX 1003.1-2001.
This would unify paxutils with tar.
* Interoperate better with Joerg Schilling's star implementation.
* Add an option to remove files that compare successfully.
From: Roesinger Eric <ROESINGE@tce.com>
Date: Sat, 28 Jul 2001 18:43:43 -0500
It would be useful to be able to use '--remove-files' with '--diff',
to remove all files that compare successfully, when verifying a backup.
* Add tests for the new functonality.
* Consider this:
From: Dennis Pund
Subject: TAR suggestion...
Date: Wed, 1 May 2002 18:26:36 -0500 (EST)
What I would like to do is:
foo my.tar.gz | tar -xzOf - | tar -cMf - -L 650000 - | bar
where 'foo' is a program that retrieves the archive and streams it
to stdout and bar is a program that streams the stdin to CDR.
(http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-05/msg00022.html)
* Copyright notice
Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU tar.
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with tar; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
Local variables:
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
end:

1100
gnutar/aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1516
gnutar/build-aux/config.guess vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

614
gnutar/build-aux/config.rpath Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
darwin*)
case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
newsos6)
;;
linux*)
case $cc_basename in
icc* | ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sco3.2v5*)
;;
solaris*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
# them.
ld_shlibs=no
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
interix3*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
linux*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
hardcode_direct=yes
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
ld_shlibs=no
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
:
else
case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd1*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
openbsd*)
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
;;
amigaos*)
;;
beos*)
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
shrext=.dll
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
;;
dgux*)
;;
freebsd1*)
;;
kfreebsd*-gnu)
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
;;
gnu*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
;;
interix3*)
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux*)
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
;;
netbsd*)
;;
newsos6)
;;
nto-qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
;;
solaris*)
;;
sunos4*)
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

1626
gnutar/build-aux/config.sub vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

589
gnutar/build-aux/depcomp Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2007-03-29.01
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
# 02110-1301, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" |
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
tr '
' ' ' >> $depfile
echo >> $depfile
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> $depfile
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
icc)
# Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
# icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
# ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
# foo.o: sub/foo.c
# foo.o: sub/foo.h
# which is wrong. We want:
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
# sub/foo.c:
# sub/foo.h:
# ICC 7.1 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using \ :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add `dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
# static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
# handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
# With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
#
# With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
# generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
# compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove `-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no
for arg in "$@"; do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
' | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove `-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
"$@" || exit $?
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo " " >> "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

519
gnutar/build-aux/install-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2006-12-25.00
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
nl='
'
IFS=" "" $nl"
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
if test -z "$doit"; then
doit_exec=exec
else
doit_exec=$doit
fi
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_glob='?'
initialize_posix_glob='
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=
else
posix_glob=:
fi
}
'
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
no_target_directory=
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *' '* | *'
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t) dst_arg=$2
shift;;
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $src in
-*) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $dst in
-*) dst=./$dst;;
esac
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
dstdir_status=0
else
# Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
dstdir=`
(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$dst" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\).*/{
s//\1/
q
}
s/.*/./; q'
`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
umask=`umask`
case $stripcmd.$umask in
# Optimize common cases.
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
`;;
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
esac
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
case $umask in
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
;;
*)
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
-*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
$posix_glob set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
$posix_glob set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test -z "$d" && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
$posix_glob set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
$posix_glob set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

205
gnutar/build-aux/mdate-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
scriptversion=2007-03-30.02
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
Pretty-print the modification time of FILE.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
LANG=C
export LANG
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LC_TIME=C
export LC_TIME
# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this
# variable to its documented default.
if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
export TIME_STYLE
fi
save_arg1=$1
# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
else
ls_command='ls -l -d'
fi
# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command="$ls_command -n"
fi
# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
#
# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/'
# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
# words should be skipped to get the date.
# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
set x`$ls_command /`
# Find which argument is the month.
month=
command=
until test $month
do
shift
# Add another shift to the command.
command="$command shift;"
case $1 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
done
# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
# Remove all preceding arguments
eval $command
# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
#
# On a POSIX system, we should have
#
# $# = 5
# $1 = file size
# $2 = month
# $3 = day
# $4 = year or time
# $5 = filename
#
# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
#
# $# = 4
# $1 = day
# $2 = month
# $3 = year or time
# $4 = filename
# Get the month.
case $2 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
case $3 in
???*) day=$1;;
*) day=$3; shift;;
esac
# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
# the time of day or the year.
case $3 in
*:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
case $2 in
Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
May) nummonthtod=5;;
Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
esac
# For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
# be used for files modified in the last year.
if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
then
year=`expr $year - 1`
fi;;
*) year=$3;;
esac
# The result.
echo $day $month $year
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

367
gnutar/build-aux/missing Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
scriptversion=2006-05-10.23
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
# 02110-1301, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
run=:
sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
# srcdir already.
if test -f configure.ac; then
configure_ac=configure.ac
else
configure_ac=configure.in
fi
msg="missing on your system"
case $1 in
--run)
# Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
run=
shift
"$@" && exit 0
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens
# when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
# a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we
# we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
# if --run hadn't been passed.
if test $? = 63; then
run=:
msg="probably too old"
fi
;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
--run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
autoconf touch file \`configure'
autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one
automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
help2man touch the output file
lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
makeinfo touch the output file
tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
exit $?
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
exit $?
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we
# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
# the program).
case $1 in
lex|yacc)
# Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
;;
tar)
if test -n "$run"; then
echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
exit 1
elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
exit 1
fi
;;
*)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
# Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone
# running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
# $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
exit 1
fi
;;
esac
# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
# try to emulate it.
case $1 in
aclocal*)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
any GNU archive site."
touch aclocal.m4
;;
autoconf)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
\`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
archive site."
touch configure
;;
autoheader)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
from any GNU archive site."
files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
touch_files=
for f in $files; do
case $f in
*:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
*) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
esac
done
touch $touch_files
;;
automake*)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
Grab them from any GNU archive site."
find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
while read f; do touch "$f"; done
;;
autom4te)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
You might have modified some files without having the
proper tools for further handling them.
You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
if test -f "$file"; then
touch $file
else
test -z "$file" || exec >$file
echo "#! /bin/sh"
echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
echo "# $ $@"
echo "exit 0"
chmod +x $file
exit 1
fi
;;
bison|yacc)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
\`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
if test $# -ne 1; then
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
case $LASTARG in
*.y)
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
fi
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
fi
;;
esac
fi
if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
echo >y.tab.h
fi
if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
fi
;;
lex|flex)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
\`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
rm -f lex.yy.c
if test $# -ne 1; then
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
case $LASTARG in
*.l)
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
fi
;;
esac
fi
if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
fi
;;
help2man)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
\`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
if test -f "$file"; then
touch $file
else
test -z "$file" || exec >$file
echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
exit 1
fi
;;
makeinfo)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
# The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
if test -z "$file"; then
# ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
file=`sed -n '
/^@setfilename/{
s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
p
q
}' $infile`
# ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
fi
# If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
# let's fail without touching anything.
test -f $file || exit 1
touch $file
;;
tar)
shift
# We have already tried tar in the generic part.
# Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
# messages.
if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
gnutar "$@" && exit 0
fi
if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
gtar "$@" && exit 0
fi
firstarg="$1"
if shift; then
case $firstarg in
*o*)
firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
;;
esac
case $firstarg in
*h*)
firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
;;
esac
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
command line arguments."
exit 1
;;
*)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
You might have modified some files without having the
proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

161
gnutar/build-aux/mkinstalldirs Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
#! /bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
scriptversion=2006-05-11.19
# Original author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Public domain.
#
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
nl='
'
IFS=" "" $nl"
errstatus=0
dirmode=
usage="\
Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ...
Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all
leading file name components.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
# process command line arguments
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
-h | --help | --h*) # -h for help
echo "$usage"
exit $?
;;
-m) # -m PERM arg
shift
test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
dirmode=$1
shift
;;
--version)
echo "$0 $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
--) # stop option processing
shift
break
;;
-*) # unknown option
echo "$usage" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
*) # first non-opt arg
break
;;
esac
done
for file
do
if test -d "$file"; then
shift
else
break
fi
done
case $# in
0) exit 0 ;;
esac
# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe. If you mkdir -p a/b and
# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing,
# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with
# a "File exists" error. This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs
# from a parallel make. We use --version in the probe to restrict
# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe.
case $dirmode in
'')
if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
else
# On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
# recognize any option. It will interpret all options as
# directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
# exists.
test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
fi
;;
*)
if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
test ! -d ./--version; then
echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
else
# Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir.
for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode";
do
test -d $d && rmdir $d
done
fi
;;
esac
for file
do
case $file in
/*) pathcomp=/ ;;
*) pathcomp= ;;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set fnord $file
shift
IFS=$oIFS
for d
do
test "x$d" = x && continue
pathcomp=$pathcomp$d
case $pathcomp in
-*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
else
if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
lasterr=
chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
fi
fi
fi
fi
pathcomp=$pathcomp/
done
done
exit $errstatus
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

8641
gnutar/build-aux/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

223
gnutar/build-aux/ylwrap Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
#! /bin/sh
# ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations.
scriptversion=2005-05-14.22
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
# 02110-1301, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
case "$1" in
'')
echo "$0: No files given. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
--basedir)
basedir=$2
shift 2
;;
-h|--h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: ylwrap [--help|--version] INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- PROGRAM [ARGS]...
Wrapper for lex/yacc invocations, renaming files as desired.
INPUT is the input file
OUTPUT is one file PROG generates
DESIRED is the file we actually want instead of OUTPUT
PROGRAM is program to run
ARGS are passed to PROG
Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v|--v*)
echo "ylwrap $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# The input.
input="$1"
shift
case "$input" in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
# Absolute path; do nothing.
;;
*)
# Relative path. Make it absolute.
input="`pwd`/$input"
;;
esac
pairlist=
while test "$#" -ne 0; do
if test "$1" = "--"; then
shift
break
fi
pairlist="$pairlist $1"
shift
done
# The program to run.
prog="$1"
shift
# Make any relative path in $prog absolute.
case "$prog" in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
*[\\/]*) prog="`pwd`/$prog" ;;
esac
# FIXME: add hostname here for parallel makes that run commands on
# other machines. But that might take us over the 14-char limit.
dirname=ylwrap$$
trap "cd `pwd`; rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
mkdir $dirname || exit 1
cd $dirname
case $# in
0) $prog "$input" ;;
*) $prog "$@" "$input" ;;
esac
ret=$?
if test $ret -eq 0; then
set X $pairlist
shift
first=yes
# Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots,
# the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c
# and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case.
y_tab_nodot="no"
if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then
y_tab_nodot="yes"
fi
# The directory holding the input.
input_dir=`echo "$input" | sed -e 's,\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$,\1,'`
# Quote $INPUT_DIR so we can use it in a regexp.
# FIXME: really we should care about more than `.' and `\'.
input_rx=`echo "$input_dir" | sed 's,\\\\,\\\\\\\\,g;s,\\.,\\\\.,g'`
while test "$#" -ne 0; do
from="$1"
# Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS
if test $y_tab_nodot = "yes"; then
if test $from = "y.tab.c"; then
from="y_tab.c"
else
if test $from = "y.tab.h"; then
from="y_tab.h"
fi
fi
fi
if test -f "$from"; then
# If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that,
# otherwise prepend `../'.
case "$2" in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target="$2";;
*) target="../$2";;
esac
# We do not want to overwrite a header file if it hasn't
# changed. This avoid useless recompilations. However the
# parser itself (the first file) should always be updated,
# because it is the destination of the .y.c rule in the
# Makefile. Divert the output of all other files to a temporary
# file so we can compare them to existing versions.
if test $first = no; then
realtarget="$target"
target="tmp-`echo $target | sed s/.*[\\/]//g`"
fi
# Edit out `#line' or `#' directives.
#
# We don't want the resulting debug information to point at
# an absolute srcdir; it is better for it to just mention the
# .y file with no path.
#
# We want to use the real output file name, not yy.lex.c for
# instance.
#
# We want the include guards to be adjusted too.
FROM=`echo "$from" | sed \
-e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\
-e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'`
TARGET=`echo "$2" | sed \
-e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\
-e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'`
sed -e "/^#/!b" -e "s,$input_rx,," -e "s,$from,$2," \
-e "s,$FROM,$TARGET," "$from" >"$target" || ret=$?
# Check whether header files must be updated.
if test $first = no; then
if test -f "$realtarget" && cmp -s "$realtarget" "$target"; then
echo "$2" is unchanged
rm -f "$target"
else
echo updating "$2"
mv -f "$target" "$realtarget"
fi
fi
else
# A missing file is only an error for the first file. This
# is a blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d". If -d
# is not specified, we don't want an error when the header
# file is "missing".
if test $first = yes; then
ret=1
fi
fi
shift
shift
first=no
done
else
ret=$?
fi
# Remove the directory.
cd ..
rm -rf $dirname
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

1204
gnutar/config.hin Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

39556
gnutar/configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

248
gnutar/configure.ac Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
# Configure template for GNU tar.
# Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
# 02110-1301, USA.
AC_INIT([GNU tar], [1.17], [bug-tar@gnu.org])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/tar.c])
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
AC_PREREQ([2.60])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.9 gnits tar-ustar dist-bzip2 dist-shar std-options])
AC_PROG_CC
AC_EXEEXT
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_PROG_YACC
gl_EARLY
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
AC_ISC_POSIX
AC_C_INLINE
AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(fcntl.h linux/fd.h memory.h net/errno.h \
sgtty.h string.h stropts.h \
sys/param.h sys/device.h sys/filio.h sys/gentape.h \
sys/inet.h sys/io/trioctl.h \
sys/mtio.h sys/time.h sys/tprintf.h sys/tape.h \
unistd.h locale.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/buf.h], [], [],
[#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif])
AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
AM_STDBOOL_H
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
AC_HEADER_MAJOR
AC_HEADER_STAT
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for st_fstype string in struct stat])
AC_CACHE_VAL(diff_cv_st_fstype_string,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>], [struct stat s; s.st_fstype[0] = 'x';],
diff_cv_st_fstype_string=yes,
diff_cv_st_fstype_string=no)])
AC_MSG_RESULT($diff_cv_st_fstype_string)
if test $diff_cv_st_fstype_string = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ST_FSTYPE_STRING, 1,
[Define if struct stat has a char st_fstype[] member.])
fi
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_OFF_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_UID_T
AC_CHECK_TYPE(major_t, , AC_DEFINE(major_t, int,
[Type of major device numbers.]))
AC_CHECK_TYPE(minor_t, , AC_DEFINE(minor_t, int,
[Type of minor device numbers.]))
AC_CHECK_TYPE(dev_t, unsigned)
AC_CHECK_TYPE(ino_t, unsigned)
gt_TYPE_SSIZE_T
# gnulib modules
gl_INIT
# paxutils modules
tar_PAXUTILS
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fsync getdtablesize lstat mkfifo readlink strerror symlink setlocale utimes)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getgrgid],,, [#include <grp.h>])
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getpwuid],,, [#include <pwd.h>])
AC_CHECK_DECLS([time],,, [#include <time.h>])
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(waitpid)
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for remote shell, tar_cv_path_RSH,
[if test -n "$RSH"; then
tar_cv_path_RSH=$RSH
else
tar_cv_path_RSH=no
for ac_file in /usr/ucb/rsh /usr/bin/remsh /usr/bin/rsh /usr/bsd/rsh \
/usr/bin/nsh /usr/bin/rcmd
do
# Prefer a non-symlink rsh to a symlink one, so that binaries built
# on AIX 4.1.4, where /usr/ucb/rsh is a symlink to /usr/bin/rsh
# will run on AIX 4.3.0, which has only /usr/bin/rsh.
if test -f $ac_file; then
if (test -h $ac_file) 2>/dev/null; then
test $tar_cv_path_RSH = no && tar_cv_path_RSH=$ac_file
else
tar_cv_path_RSH=$ac_file
break
fi
fi
done
fi])
if test $tar_cv_path_RSH = no; then
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(netdb.h)
else
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(REMOTE_SHELL, "$tar_cv_path_RSH",
[Define to the full path of your rsh, if any.])
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default archive format)
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT],
[Set the default archive format. Allowed values are: V7, OLDGNU, USTAR, POSIX, GNU. Default is GNU])
if test -z "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT"; then
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT="GNU"
fi
case $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT in
V7|OLDGNU|USTAR|POSIX|GNU) ;;
*) AC_MSG_ERROR(Invalid format name);;
esac
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT, ${DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT}_FORMAT,
[By default produce archives of this format])
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default archive)
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_ARCHIVE],
[Set the name of the default archive (default: -)])
if test -z "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE"; then
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE=-
else
if test -z "`ls $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE 2>/dev/null`"; then
AC_MSG_WARN(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE \`$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE' not found on this system)
fi
# FIXME: Look for DEFTAPE in <sys/mtio.h>.
# FIXME: Let DEVICE_PREFIX be configured from the environment.
# FIXME: Rearrange, here.
case $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE in
*[[0-7][lmh]])
AC_DEFINE(DENSITY_LETTER, 1,
[Define to 1 if density may be indicated by [lmh] at end of device.])
device_prefix=`echo $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE | sed 's/[0-7][lmh]$//'`
;;
*[[0-7]])
device_prefix=`echo $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE | sed 's/[0-7]$//'`
;;
*)
device_prefix=
;;
esac
case "$device_prefix" in
?*)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEVICE_PREFIX, "$device_prefix",
[Define to a string giving the prefix of the default device, without the part specifying the unit and density.])
;;
esac
fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE, "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE",
[Define to a string giving the full name of the default archive file.])
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_ARCHIVE)
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_BLOCKING],
[Define default blocking factor (default: 20)])
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default blocking)
DEFAULT_BLOCKING=${DEFAULT_BLOCKING-20}
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_BLOCKING, $DEFAULT_BLOCKING,
[Define to a number giving the default blocking size for archives.])
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_BLOCKING)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default quoting style)
m4_define([QUOTING_STYLES],dnl
[literal|shell|shell-always|c|escape|locale|clocale])
DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE="escape"
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE],
[Set the default quoting style. Allowed values are: ] m4_bpatsubst(QUOTING_STYLES,[|], [[, ]]) [. Default is "escape".])
case $DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE in
QUOTING_STYLES) ;;
*) AC_MSG_ERROR(Invalid quoting style);;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE)
DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE=`echo ${DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE}|sed 's/-/_/g'`_quoting_style
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE, $DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE,
[Define to a default quoting style (see lib/quoteargs.c for the list)])
# Iconv
AM_ICONV
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(iconv.h)
AC_CHECK_TYPE(iconv_t,:,
AC_DEFINE(iconv_t, int,
[Conversion descriptor type]),
[
#ifdef HAVE_ICONV_H
# include <iconv.h>
#endif
])
# Gettext.
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-formatstring-macros])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.16])
# Initialize the test suite.
AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal]) # FIXME: tests/preset?
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
AC_SUBST(BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS)
AC_SUBST(BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(backup-scripts,
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-backup-scripts],
[Create and install backup and restore scripts]),
[case $enableval in
yes) BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS='$(BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS_LIST)'
BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS='$(BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS_LIST)'
;;
esac])
AC_SUBST(BACKUP_SED_COND)
if date +%Y-%m-%d 2>/dev/null >&2; then
BACKUP_SED_COND='/^\#ELSE_DATE_FORMAT_OK/,/^\#ENDIF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d;/^\#IF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d'
else
BACKUP_SED_COND='/^\#IF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/,/^\#ELSE_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d;/^\#ENDIF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d'
fi
AC_OUTPUT([Makefile\
doc/Makefile\
lib/Makefile\
po/Makefile.in\
scripts/Makefile\
rmt/Makefile\
src/Makefile])

86
gnutar/doc/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
# Makefile for GNU tar documentation.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2006 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
## any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
## Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
info_TEXINFOS = tar.texi
tar_TEXINFOS = \
dumpdir.texi\
fdl.texi\
freemanuals.texi\
genfile.texi\
getdate.texi\
header.texi\
intern.texi\
rendition.texi\
snapshot.texi\
sparse.texi\
value.texi
EXTRA_DIST = gendocs_template mastermenu.el texify.sed
DISTCLEANFILES=*.info*
# The rendering level is anyone of PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF.
# Just call `make RENDITION=PROOF [target]' if you want PROOF rendition.
RENDITION = DISTRIB
MAKEINFOFLAGS=-D$(RENDITION)
header.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h
sed -f $(srcdir)/texify.sed $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h \
| expand >$@
master-menu: $(tar_TEXINFOS)
emacs -batch -l mastermenu.el -f make-master-menu $(info_TEXINFOS)
check-options:
@ARGP_HELP_FMT='usage-indent=0,short-opt-col=0,long-opt-col=0,\
doc-opt-col=0,opt-doc-col=0,header-col=0,rmargin=1' \
$(top_builddir)/src/tar --usage | \
sed -n 's/^\[--\([^]\=\[]*\).*/\1/p' | sort | uniq > opts.$$$$;\
$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) -E - \
$(info_TEXINFOS) | \
sed -n '/^@macro/,/^@end macro/d;s/@opindex *\([^@,]*\).*/\1/p' \
| sort | uniq > docs.$$$$;\
(echo 'Not documented options:';\
join -v1 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$;\
echo 'Non-existing options:';\
join -v2 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$) > report.$$$$;\
rm opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$;\
if [ -n "`sed '1,2d' report.$$$$`" ]; then \
cat report.$$$$;\
rm report.$$$$;\
exit 1;\
fi;\
rm report.$$$$
clean-local:
rm -rf manual
GENDOCS=gendocs.sh
TEXI2DVI=texi2dvi -t '@set $(RENDITION)' -E
# Make sure you set TEXINPUTS
# Usual value is:
# /usr/share/texmf/pdftex/plain/misc:/usr/share/texmf/pdftex/config
manual:
TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(top_srcdir)/build-tex:$(TEXINPUTS) \
MAKEINFO="$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS)" \
TEXI2DVI="$(TEXI2DVI) -t @finalout" \
$(GENDOCS) tar 'GNU tar manual'

917
gnutar/doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,917 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10a from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
# Makefile for GNU tar documentation.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2006 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = doc
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
$(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi $(tar_TEXINFOS) \
texinfo.tex
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/absolute-header.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/alloca.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/allocsa.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/argmatch.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/argp.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/backupfile.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/bison.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/canonicalize-lgpl.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/chdir-long.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/chown.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/clock_time.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/close-stream.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/closeout.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/codeset.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/d-ino.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/dirfd.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/dirname.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/dos.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/double-slash-root.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/dup2.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/eealloc.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/eoverflow.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/error.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/exclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/exitfail.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/extensions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fchdir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/fcntl-safer.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fcntl_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/fileblocks.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/float_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/fnmatch.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/fpending.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ftruncate.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd-abort-bug.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd-path-max.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/getcwd.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getdate.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/getdelim.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getline.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getpagesize.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gettime.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettimeofday.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/glibc21.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/hash.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/human.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inline.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intmax_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inttostr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/inttypes_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lchown.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/localcharset.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/longlong.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lstat.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbchar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/mbiter.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbrtowc.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/mbscasecmp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mbstate_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/memchr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mempcpy.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/memrchr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/memset.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/mkdtemp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/mktime.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/modechange.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/openat.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pathmax.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/paxutils.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/quote.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/quotearg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/readlink.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/regex.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/rmdir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/rmt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/rpmatch.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/rtapelib.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/safe-read.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/safe-write.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/save-cwd.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/savedir.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/setenv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/sleep.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ssize_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stat-time.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdarg.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stdbool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdint.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stdint_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stdio_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/stdlib_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/stpcpy.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strcase.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strchrnul.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strdup.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strerror.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/string_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strndup.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strnlen.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoimax.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strtol.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoll.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoul.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoull.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/strtoumax.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/sys_stat_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/sys_time_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/sysexits.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/system.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/tempname.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/time_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/time_r.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/timespec.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/tm_gmtoff.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd-safer.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/unlinkdir.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unlocked-io.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/utimbuf.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/utime.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/utimens.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/utimes-null.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/utimes.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/vasnprintf.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/vsnprintf.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wchar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/wchar_t.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wctype.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/wcwidth.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/wint_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/xalloc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/xgetcwd.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/xstrndup.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/xstrtol.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
INFO_DEPS = tar.info
TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/texinfo.tex
am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux
DVIS = tar.dvi
PDFS = tar.pdf
PSS = tar.ps
HTMLS = tar.html
TEXINFOS = tar.texi
TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch
MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html
AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS)
DVIPS = dvips
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ABSOLUTE_DIRENT_H = @ABSOLUTE_DIRENT_H@
ABSOLUTE_FCNTL_H = @ABSOLUTE_FCNTL_H@
ABSOLUTE_FLOAT_H = @ABSOLUTE_FLOAT_H@
ABSOLUTE_INTTYPES_H = @ABSOLUTE_INTTYPES_H@
ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H = @ABSOLUTE_STDINT_H@
ABSOLUTE_STDIO_H = @ABSOLUTE_STDIO_H@
ABSOLUTE_STDLIB_H = @ABSOLUTE_STDLIB_H@
ABSOLUTE_STRING_H = @ABSOLUTE_STRING_H@
ABSOLUTE_SYSEXITS_H = @ABSOLUTE_SYSEXITS_H@
ABSOLUTE_SYS_STAT_H = @ABSOLUTE_SYS_STAT_H@
ABSOLUTE_SYS_TIME_H = @ABSOLUTE_SYS_TIME_H@
ABSOLUTE_TIME_H = @ABSOLUTE_TIME_H@
ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H = @ABSOLUTE_UNISTD_H@
ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H = @ABSOLUTE_WCHAR_H@
ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H = @ABSOLUTE_WCTYPE_H@
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
ALLOCA_H = @ALLOCA_H@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS = @BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS@
BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS = @BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS@
BACKUP_SED_COND = @BACKUP_SED_COND@
BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T = @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@
BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@
BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T = @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@
BITSIZEOF_WINT_T = @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE = @DEFAULT_ARCHIVE@
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT = @DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT@
DEFAULT_BLOCKING = @DEFAULT_BLOCKING@
DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE = @DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE@
DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND = @DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND@
DEFAULT_RMT_DIR = @DEFAULT_RMT_DIR@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DIRENT_H = @DIRENT_H@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EOVERFLOW = @EOVERFLOW@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FCNTL_H = @FCNTL_H@
FLOAT_H = @FLOAT_H@
FNMATCH_H = @FNMATCH_H@
GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@
GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@
GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@
GNULIB_FFLUSH = @GNULIB_FFLUSH@
GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_FSEEK = @GNULIB_FSEEK@
GNULIB_FSEEKO = @GNULIB_FSEEKO@
GNULIB_FTELL = @GNULIB_FTELL@
GNULIB_FTELLO = @GNULIB_FTELLO@
GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@
GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@
GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@
GNULIB_GETSUBOPT = @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@
GNULIB_IMAXABS = @GNULIB_IMAXABS@
GNULIB_IMAXDIV = @GNULIB_IMAXDIV@
GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@
GNULIB_MBSCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSCASESTR = @GNULIB_MBSCASESTR@
GNULIB_MBSCHR = @GNULIB_MBSCHR@
GNULIB_MBSCSPN = @GNULIB_MBSCSPN@
GNULIB_MBSLEN = @GNULIB_MBSLEN@
GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSPBRK = @GNULIB_MBSPBRK@
GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSRCHR = @GNULIB_MBSRCHR@
GNULIB_MBSSEP = @GNULIB_MBSSEP@
GNULIB_MBSSPN = @GNULIB_MBSSPN@
GNULIB_MBSSTR = @GNULIB_MBSSTR@
GNULIB_MBSTOK_R = @GNULIB_MBSTOK_R@
GNULIB_MEMMEM = @GNULIB_MEMMEM@
GNULIB_MEMPCPY = @GNULIB_MEMPCPY@
GNULIB_MEMRCHR = @GNULIB_MEMRCHR@
GNULIB_MKDTEMP = @GNULIB_MKDTEMP@
GNULIB_MKSTEMP = @GNULIB_MKSTEMP@
GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@
GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@
GNULIB_SNPRINTF = @GNULIB_SNPRINTF@
GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_STPCPY = @GNULIB_STPCPY@
GNULIB_STPNCPY = @GNULIB_STPNCPY@
GNULIB_STRCASESTR = @GNULIB_STRCASESTR@
GNULIB_STRCHRNUL = @GNULIB_STRCHRNUL@
GNULIB_STRDUP = @GNULIB_STRDUP@
GNULIB_STRNDUP = @GNULIB_STRNDUP@
GNULIB_STRNLEN = @GNULIB_STRNLEN@
GNULIB_STRPBRK = @GNULIB_STRPBRK@
GNULIB_STRSEP = @GNULIB_STRSEP@
GNULIB_STRTOIMAX = @GNULIB_STRTOIMAX@
GNULIB_STRTOK_R = @GNULIB_STRTOK_R@
GNULIB_STRTOUMAX = @GNULIB_STRTOUMAX@
GNULIB_VASPRINTF = @GNULIB_VASPRINTF@
GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_VSNPRINTF = @GNULIB_VSNPRINTF@
GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX@
GREP = @GREP@
HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@
HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS = @HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS@
HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV = @HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV@
HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM = @HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM@
HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR = @HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR@
HAVE_DECL_MKDIR = @HAVE_DECL_MKDIR@
HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF@
HAVE_DECL_STRDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRDUP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP = @HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN = @HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN@
HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX@
HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R@
HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX@
HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF@
HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@
HAVE_FSEEKO = @HAVE_FSEEKO@
HAVE_FTELLO = @HAVE_FTELLO@
HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@
HAVE_GETSUBOPT = @HAVE_GETSUBOPT@
HAVE_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
HAVE_IO_H = @HAVE_IO_H@
HAVE_ISWCNTRL = @HAVE_ISWCNTRL@
HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT = @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
HAVE_LSTAT = @HAVE_LSTAT@
HAVE_MEMPCPY = @HAVE_MEMPCPY@
HAVE_MKDTEMP = @HAVE_MKDTEMP@
HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@
HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@
HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@
HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@
HAVE_STDINT_H = @HAVE_STDINT_H@
HAVE_STPCPY = @HAVE_STPCPY@
HAVE_STPNCPY = @HAVE_STPNCPY@
HAVE_STRCASECMP = @HAVE_STRCASECMP@
HAVE_STRCASESTR = @HAVE_STRCASESTR@
HAVE_STRCHRNUL = @HAVE_STRCHRNUL@
HAVE_STRNDUP = @HAVE_STRNDUP@
HAVE_STRPBRK = @HAVE_STRPBRK@
HAVE_STRSEP = @HAVE_STRSEP@
HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL = @HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
HAVE_SYSEXITS_H = @HAVE_SYSEXITS_H@
HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@
HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
HAVE_SYS_TIME_H = @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@
HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@
HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@
HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT = @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
HAVE_VASPRINTF = @HAVE_VASPRINTF@
HAVE_WCTYPE_H = @HAVE_WCTYPE_H@
HAVE_WINT_T = @HAVE_WINT_T@
HAVE__BOOL = @HAVE__BOOL@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
INTTYPES_H = @INTTYPES_H@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTAR_LIBDEPS = @LIBTAR_LIBDEPS@
LIBTAR_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBTAR_LTLIBDEPS@
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
LIB_SETSOCKOPT = @LIB_SETSOCKOPT@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
POSUB = @POSUB@
PRIPTR_PREFIX = @PRIPTR_PREFIX@
PRI_MACROS_BROKEN = @PRI_MACROS_BROKEN@
PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX = @PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@
PU_RMT_PROG = @PU_RMT_PROG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@
REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@
REPLACE_FFLUSH = @REPLACE_FFLUSH@
REPLACE_FPRINTF = @REPLACE_FPRINTF@
REPLACE_FSEEK = @REPLACE_FSEEK@
REPLACE_FSEEKO = @REPLACE_FSEEKO@
REPLACE_FTELL = @REPLACE_FTELL@
REPLACE_FTELLO = @REPLACE_FTELLO@
REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@
REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY = @REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R = @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@
REPLACE_MKSTEMP = @REPLACE_MKSTEMP@
REPLACE_NANOSLEEP = @REPLACE_NANOSLEEP@
REPLACE_PRINTF = @REPLACE_PRINTF@
REPLACE_SNPRINTF = @REPLACE_SNPRINTF@
REPLACE_SPRINTF = @REPLACE_SPRINTF@
REPLACE_STRPTIME = @REPLACE_STRPTIME@
REPLACE_TIMEGM = @REPLACE_TIMEGM@
REPLACE_VASPRINTF = @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@
REPLACE_VFPRINTF = @REPLACE_VFPRINTF@
REPLACE_VPRINTF = @REPLACE_VPRINTF@
REPLACE_VSNPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSNPRINTF@
REPLACE_VSPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSPRINTF@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX = @SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@
SIZE_T_SUFFIX = @SIZE_T_SUFFIX@
STDBOOL_H = @STDBOOL_H@
STDINT_H = @STDINT_H@
STRIP = @STRIP@
SYSEXITS_H = @SYSEXITS_H@
SYS_STAT_H = @SYS_STAT_H@
SYS_TIME_H = @SYS_TIME_H@
SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WCHAR_H = @WCHAR_H@
WCHAR_T_SUFFIX = @WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@
WCTYPE_H = @WCTYPE_H@
WINT_T_SUFFIX = @WINT_T_SUFFIX@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
YACC = @YACC@
YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@
gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
info_TEXINFOS = tar.texi
tar_TEXINFOS = \
dumpdir.texi\
fdl.texi\
freemanuals.texi\
genfile.texi\
getdate.texi\
header.texi\
intern.texi\
rendition.texi\
snapshot.texi\
sparse.texi\
value.texi
EXTRA_DIST = gendocs_template mastermenu.el texify.sed
DISTCLEANFILES = *.info*
# The rendering level is anyone of PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF.
# Just call `make RENDITION=PROOF [target]' if you want PROOF rendition.
RENDITION = DISTRIB
MAKEINFOFLAGS = -D$(RENDITION)
GENDOCS = gendocs.sh
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi -t '@set $(RENDITION)' -E
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .dvi .ps
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
tar.info: tar.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(tar_TEXINFOS)
restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \
rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \
if ($(MAKEINFO) --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \
if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \
done; \
else :; fi && \
if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
-o $@ `test -f 'tar.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`tar.texi; \
then \
rc=0; \
else \
rc=$$?; \
$$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \
fi; \
rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc
tar.dvi: tar.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(tar_TEXINFOS)
TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
$(TEXI2DVI) -o $@ `test -f 'tar.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`tar.texi
tar.pdf: tar.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(tar_TEXINFOS)
TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
$(TEXI2PDF) -o $@ `test -f 'tar.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`tar.texi
tar.html: tar.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(tar_TEXINFOS)
rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp)
if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
-o $(@:.html=.htp) `test -f 'tar.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`tar.texi; \
then \
rm -rf $@; \
if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \
mv $(@:.html=) $@; else mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \
else \
if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \
rm -rf $(@:.html=); else rm -Rf $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \
exit 1; \
fi
$(srcdir)/version.texi: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: tar.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure
@(dir=.; test -f ./tar.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \
set `$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mdate-sh $$dir/tar.texi`; \
echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
|| (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
-@rm -f vti.tmp
@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@
mostlyclean-vti:
-rm -f vti.tmp
maintainer-clean-vti:
-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
.dvi.ps:
TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
$(DVIPS) -o $@ $<
uninstall-dvi-am:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(DVIS)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-html-am:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(HTMLS)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -rf '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
rm -rf "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-info-am:
@$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
@if test -d '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && \
(install-info --version && \
install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \
install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
done; \
else :; fi
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
(if test -d "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" && cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \
echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \
else :; fi); \
done
uninstall-pdf-am:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(PDFS)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-ps-am:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(PSS)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \
done
dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for base in $$list; do \
case $$base in \
$(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
base_i=`echo "$$base" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
for file in $$d/$$base $$d/$$base-[0-9] $$d/$$base-[0-9][0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9][0-9]; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
test -f $(distdir)/$$relfile || \
cp -p $$file $(distdir)/$$relfile; \
else :; fi; \
done; \
done
mostlyclean-aminfo:
-rm -rf tar.aux tar.cp tar.cps tar.fn tar.ky tar.log tar.op tar.ops tar.pg \
tar.tmp tar.toc tar.tp tar.tps tar.vr tar.dvi tar.pdf tar.ps \
tar.html
maintainer-clean-aminfo:
@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \
i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
dist-info
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-local mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am: $(DVIS)
html: html-am
html-am: $(HTMLS)
info: info-am
info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
install-data-am: install-info-am
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am: $(DVIS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(dvidir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)"
@list='$(DVIS)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \
done
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am: $(HTMLS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(htmldir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"
@list='$(HTMLS)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
if test -d "$$d$$p"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
else \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
fi; \
done
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(infodir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \
$$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \
if test -f $$ifile; then \
relfile=`echo "$$ifile" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$ifile' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$ifile" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
else : ; fi; \
done; \
done
@$(POST_INSTALL)
@if (install-info --version && \
install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\
install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\
done; \
else : ; fi
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am: $(PDFS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(pdfdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"
@list='$(PDFS)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
done
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am: $(PSS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(psdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)"
@list='$(PSS)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \
done
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am: $(PDFS)
ps: ps-am
ps-am: $(PSS)
uninstall-am: uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \
uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-local \
dist-info distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \
html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \
maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean mostlyclean-aminfo \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am \
uninstall-info-am uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am
header.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h
sed -f $(srcdir)/texify.sed $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h \
| expand >$@
master-menu: $(tar_TEXINFOS)
emacs -batch -l mastermenu.el -f make-master-menu $(info_TEXINFOS)
check-options:
@ARGP_HELP_FMT='usage-indent=0,short-opt-col=0,long-opt-col=0,\
doc-opt-col=0,opt-doc-col=0,header-col=0,rmargin=1' \
$(top_builddir)/src/tar --usage | \
sed -n 's/^\[--\([^]\=\[]*\).*/\1/p' | sort | uniq > opts.$$$$;\
$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) -E - \
$(info_TEXINFOS) | \
sed -n '/^@macro/,/^@end macro/d;s/@opindex *\([^@,]*\).*/\1/p' \
| sort | uniq > docs.$$$$;\
(echo 'Not documented options:';\
join -v1 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$;\
echo 'Non-existing options:';\
join -v2 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$) > report.$$$$;\
rm opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$;\
if [ -n "`sed '1,2d' report.$$$$`" ]; then \
cat report.$$$$;\
rm report.$$$$;\
exit 1;\
fi;\
rm report.$$$$
clean-local:
rm -rf manual
# Make sure you set TEXINPUTS
# Usual value is:
# /usr/share/texmf/pdftex/plain/misc:/usr/share/texmf/pdftex/config
manual:
TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(top_srcdir)/build-tex:$(TEXINPUTS) \
MAKEINFO="$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS)" \
TEXI2DVI="$(TEXI2DVI) -t @finalout" \
$(GENDOCS) tar 'GNU tar manual'
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

132
gnutar/doc/dumpdir.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
@c Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
Incremental archives keep information about contents of each
dumped directory in special data blocks called @dfn{dumpdirs}.
Dumpdir is a sequence of entries of the following form:
@smallexample
@var{C} @var{filename} \0
@end smallexample
@noindent
where @var{C} is one of the @dfn{control codes} described below,
@var{filename} is the name of the file @var{C} operates upon, and
@samp{\0} represents a nul character (ASCII 0). The white space
characters were added for readability, real dumpdirs do not contain
them.
Each dumpdir ends with a single nul character.
The following table describes control codes and their meanings:
@table @samp
@item Y
@var{filename} is contained in the archive.
@item N
@var{filename} was present in the directory at the time the archive
was made, yet it was not dumped to the archive, because it had not
changed since the last backup.
@item D
@var{filename} is a directory.
@item R
This code requests renaming of the @var{filename} to the name
specified with the following @samp{T} command.
@item T
Specify target file name for @samp{R} command (see below).
@item X
Specify @dfn{temporary directory} name for a rename operation (see below).
@end table
Codes @samp{Y}, @samp{N} and @samp{D} require @var{filename} argument
to be a relative file name to the directory this dumpdir describes,
whereas codes @samp{R}, @samp{T} and @samp{X} require their argument
to be an absolute file name.
The three codes @samp{R}, @samp{T} and @samp{X} specify a
@dfn{renaming operation}. In the simplest case it is:
@smallexample
R@file{source}\0T@file{dest}\0
@end smallexample
@noindent
which means ``rename file @file{source} to file @file{dest}''.
However, there are cases that require using a @dfn{temporary
directory}. For example, consider the following scenario:
@enumerate 1
@item
Previous run dumped a directory @file{foo} which contained the
following three directories:
@smallexample
a
b
c
@end smallexample
@item
They were renamed @emph{cyclically}, so that:
@example
@file{a} became @file{b}
@file{b} became @file{c}
@file{c} became @file{a}
@end example
@item
New incremental dump was made.
@end enumerate
This case cannot be handled by three successive renames, since
renaming @file{a} to @file{b} will destroy existing directory.
To handle such case a temporary directory is required. @GNUTAR{}
will create the following dumpdir (newlines have been added for
readability):
@smallexample
@group
Xfoo\0
Rfoo/a\0T\0
Rfoo/b\0Tfoo/c\0
Rfoo/c\0Tfoo/a\0
R\0Tfoo/a\0
@end group
@end smallexample
The first command, @samp{Xfoo\0}, instructs the extractor to create a
temporary directory in the directory @file{foo}. Second command,
@samp{Rfoo/aT\0}, says ``rename file @file{foo/a} to the temporary
directory that has just been created'' (empty file name after a
command means use temporary directory). Third and fourth commands
work as usual, and, finally, the last command, @samp{R\0Tfoo/a\0}
tells tar to rename the temporary directory to @file{foo/a}.
The exact placement of a dumpdir in the archive depends on the
archive format (@pxref{Formats}):
@itemize
@item PAX archives
In PAX archives, dumpdir is stored in the extended header of the
corresponding directory, in variable @code{GNU.dumpdir}.
@item GNU and old GNU archives
These formats implement special header type @samp{D}, which is similar
to ustar header @samp{5} (directory), except that it precedes a data
block containing the dumpdir.
@end itemize
@c End of dumpdir.texi

452
gnutar/doc/fdl.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
@node GNU Free Documentation License
@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
@center Version 1.2, November 2002
@display
Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@enumerate 0
@item
PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
@item
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
under copyright law.
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
Sections then there are none.
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples
of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
no effect on the meaning of this License.
@item
VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
@item
COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
@item
MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
@enumerate A
@item
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
@item
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
unless they release you from this requirement.
@item
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
@item
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
@item
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
@item
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
@item
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
@item
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
@item
Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@item
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
@item
For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
dedications given therein.
@item
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
@item
Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
@item
Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
@item
Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
@end enumerate
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
@item
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
@item
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
@item
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
aggregate.
@item
TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
the original English version of this License and the original versions
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
title.
@item
TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
@item
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
@end enumerate
@page
@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
@smallexample
@group
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
@smallexample
@group
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being @var{list}.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
@c Local Variables:
@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
@c End:

89
gnutar/doc/freemanuals.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
@cindex free documentation
The biggest deficiency in the free software community today is not in
the software---it is the lack of good free documentation that we can
include with the free software. Many of our most important
programs do not come with free reference manuals and free introductory
texts. Documentation is an essential part of any software package;
when an important free software package does not come with a free
manual and a free tutorial, that is a major gap. We have many such
gaps today.
Consider Perl, for instance. The tutorial manuals that people
normally use are non-free. How did this come about? Because the
authors of those manuals published them with restrictive terms---no
copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude
them from the free software world.
That wasn't the first time this sort of thing happened, and it was far
from the last. Many times we have heard a GNU user eagerly describe a
manual that he is writing, his intended contribution to the community,
only to learn that he had ruined everything by signing a publication
contract to make it non-free.
Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
price. The problem with the non-free manual is not that publishers
charge a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine. (The Free
Software Foundation sells printed copies of manuals, too.) The
problem is the restrictions on the use of the manual. Free manuals
are available in source code form, and give you permission to copy and
modify. Non-free manuals do not allow this.
The criteria of freedom for a free manual are roughly the same as for
free software. Redistribution (including the normal kinds of
commercial redistribution) must be permitted, so that the manual can
accompany every copy of the program, both on-line and on paper.
Permission for modification of the technical content is crucial too.
When people modify the software, adding or changing features, if they
are conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can
provide accurate and clear documentation for the modified program. A
manual that leaves you no choice but to write a new manual to document
a changed version of the program is not really available to our
community.
Some kinds of limits on the way modification is handled are
acceptable. For example, requirements to preserve the original
author's copyright notice, the distribution terms, or the list of
authors, are ok. It is also no problem to require modified versions
to include notice that they were modified. Even entire sections that
may not be deleted or changed are acceptable, as long as they deal
with nontechnical topics (like this one). These kinds of restrictions
are acceptable because they don't obstruct the community's normal use
of the manual.
However, it must be possible to modify all the @emph{technical}
content of the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual
media, through all the usual channels. Otherwise, the restrictions
obstruct the use of the manual, it is not free, and we need another
manual to replace it.
Please spread the word about this issue. Our community continues to
lose manuals to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that
free software needs free reference manuals and free tutorials, perhaps
the next person who wants to contribute by writing documentation will
realize, before it is too late, that only free manuals contribute to
the free software community.
If you are writing documentation, please insist on publishing it under
the GNU Free Documentation License or another free documentation
license. Remember that this decision requires your approval---you
don't have to let the publisher decide. Some commercial publishers
will use a free license if you insist, but they will not propose the
option; it is up to you to raise the issue and say firmly that this is
what you want. If the publisher you are dealing with refuses, please
try other publishers. If you're not sure whether a proposed license
is free, write to @email{licensing@@gnu.org}.
You can encourage commercial publishers to sell more free, copylefted
manuals and tutorials by buying them, and particularly by buying
copies from the publishers that paid for their writing or for major
improvements. Meanwhile, try to avoid buying non-free documentation
at all. Check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it,
and insist that whoever seeks your business must respect your freedom.
Check the history of the book, and try reward the publishers that have
paid or pay the authors to work on it.
The Free Software Foundation maintains a list of free documentation
published by other publishers, at
@url{http://www.fsf.org/doc/other-free-books.html}.

108
gnutar/doc/gendocs_template Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<!-- $Id: gendocs_template,v 1.3 2007/01/19 15:41:39 gray Exp $ -->
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
<head>
<title>%%TITLE%% - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF)</title>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content='text/html; charset=utf-8' />
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="/gnu.css" />
<link rev="made" href="mailto:gray@gnu.org" />
<link rel="icon" type="image/png" href="/graphics/gnu-head-icon.png" />
</head>
<!-- This document is in XML, and xhtml 1.0 -->
<!-- Please make sure to properly nest your tags -->
<!-- and ensure that your final document validates -->
<!-- consistent with W3C xhtml 1.0 and CSS standards -->
<!-- See validator.w3.org -->
<body>
<h3>%%TITLE%%</h3>
<address>Free Software Foundation</address>
<address>last updated %%DATE%%</address>
<p>
<a href="/graphics/gnu-head.jpg">
<img src="/graphics/gnu-head-sm.jpg"
alt=" [image of the head of a GNU] "
width="129" height="122" />
</a>
<a href="/philosophy/gif.html">(no gifs due to patent problems)</a>
</p>
<hr />
The manual for %%PACKAGE%% is available in the following formats:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html">HTML
(%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%K characters)</a> - entirely on one web page.</li>
<li><a href="html_node/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
node.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html.gz">HTML compressed
(%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a> - entirely on
one web page.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_node.tar.gz">HTML compressed
(%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
with one web page per node.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.info.tar.gz">Info document
(%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped tar file)</a>.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.txt">ASCII text
(%%ASCII_SIZE%%K characters)</a>.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.txt.gz">ASCII text compressed
(%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a>.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.dvi.gz">TeX dvi file
(%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped)</a>.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.ps.gz">PostScript file
(%%PS_GZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped)</a>.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.pdf">PDF file
(%%PDF_SIZE%%K characters)</a>.</li>
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.texi.tar.gz">Texinfo source
(%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped tar file)</a></li>
</ul>
<p>(This page generated by the <a
href="%%SCRIPTURL%%">%%SCRIPTNAME%%</a> script.)
</p>
<p>
<a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img
src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10"
alt="Valid XHTML 1.0!" height="31" width="88" /></a>
</p>
<div class="copyright">
<p>
Return to the <a href="/home.html">GNU Project home page</a>.
</p>
<p>
Please send FSF &amp; GNU inquiries to
<a href="mailto:gnu@gnu.org"><em>gnu@gnu.org</em></a>.
There are also <a href="/home.html#ContactInfo">other ways to contact</a>
the FSF.
<br />
Please send broken links and other corrections (or suggestions) to
<a href="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org"><em>webmasters@gnu.org</em></a>.
</p>
<p>
Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111, USA
<br />
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article is
permitted in any medium, provided this notice is preserved.
</p>
<p>
Updated:
<!-- timestamp start -->
$Date: 2007/01/19 15:41:39 $ $Author: gray $
<!-- timestamp end -->
</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>

331
gnutar/doc/genfile.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
@c Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
@cindex genfile
This appendix describes @command{genfile}, an auxiliary program
used in the GNU tar testsuite. If you are not interested in developing
GNU tar, skip this appendix.
Initially, @command{genfile} was used to generate data files for
the testsuite, hence its name. However, new operation modes were being
implemented as the testsuite grew more sophisticated, and now
@command{genfile} is a multi-purpose instrument.
There are three basic operation modes:
@table @asis
@item File Generation
This is the default mode. In this mode, @command{genfile}
generates data files.
@item File Status
In this mode @command{genfile} displays status of specified files.
@item Synchronous Execution.
In this mode @command{genfile} executes the given program with
@option{--checkpoint} option and executes a set of actions when
specified checkpoints are reached.
@end table
@menu
* Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
* Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
* Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
@end menu
@node Generate Mode
@appendixsec Generate Mode
@cindex Generate Mode, @command{genfile}
@cindex @command{genfile}, generate mode
@cindex @command{genfile}, create file
In this mode @command{genfile} creates a data file for the test
suite. The size of the file is given with the @option{--length}
(@option{-l}) option. By default the file contents is written to the
standard output, this can be changed using @option{--file}
(@option{-f}) command line option. Thus, the following two commands
are equivalent:
@smallexample
@group
genfile --length 100 > outfile
genfile --length 100 --file outfile
@end group
@end smallexample
If @option{--length} is not given, @command{genfile} will
generate an empty (zero-length) file.
@cindex @command{genfile}, seeking to a given offset
The command line option @option{--seek=@var{N}} istructs @command{genfile}
to skip the given number of bytes (@var{N}) in the output file before
writing to it. It is similar to the @option{seek=@var{N}} of the
@command{dd} utility.
@cindex @command{genfile}, reading a list of file names
You can instruct @command{genfile} to create several files at one
go, by giving it @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option followed
by a name of file containing a list of file names. Using dash
(@samp{-}) instead of the file name causes @command{genfile} to read
file list from the standard input. For example:
@smallexample
@group
# Read file names from file @file{file.list}
genfile --files-from file.list
# Read file names from standard input
genfile --files-from -
@end group
@end smallexample
@cindex File lists separated by NUL characters
The list file is supposed to contain one file name per line. To
use file lists separated by ASCII NUL character, use @option{--null}
(@option{-0}) command line option:
@smallexample
genfile --null --files-from file.list
@end smallexample
@cindex pattern, @command{genfile}
The default data pattern for filling the generated file consists
of first 256 letters of ASCII code, repeated enough times to fill the
entire file. This behavior can be changed with @option{--pattern}
option. This option takes a mandatory argument, specifying pattern
name to use. Currently two patterns are implemented:
@table @option
@item --pattern=default
The default pattern as described above.
@item --pattern=zero
Fills the file with zeroes.
@end table
If no file name was given, the program exits with the code
@code{0}. Otherwise, it exits with @code{0} only if it was able to
create a file of the specified length.
@cindex Sparse files, creating using @command{genfile}
@cindex @command{genfile}, creating sparse files
Special option @option{--sparse} (@option{-s}) instructs
@command{genfile} to create a sparse file. Sparse files consist of
@dfn{data fragments}, separated by @dfn{holes} or blocks of zeros. On
many operating systems, actual disk storage is not allocated for
holes, but they are counted in the length of the file. To create a
sparse file, @command{genfile} should know where to put data fragments,
and what data to use to fill them. So, when @option{--sparse} is given
the rest of the command line specifies a so-called @dfn{file map}.
The file map consists of any number of @dfn{fragment
descriptors}. Each descriptor is composed of two values: a number,
specifying fragment offset from the end of the previous fragment or,
for the very first fragment, from the beginning of the file, and
@dfn{contents string}, i.e., a string of characters, specifying the
pattern to fill the fragment with. File offset can be suffixed with
the following quantifiers:
@table @samp
@item k
@itemx K
The number is expressed in kilobytes.
@item m
@itemx M
The number is expressed in megabytes.
@item g
@itemx G
The number is expressed in gigabytes.
@end table
For each letter in contents string @command{genfile} will generate
a @dfn{block} of data, filled with this letter and will write it to
the fragment. The size of block is given by @option{--block-size}
option. It defaults to 512. Thus, if the string consists of @var{n}
characters, the resulting file fragment will contain
@code{@var{n}*@var{block-size}} of data.
Last fragment descriptor can have only file offset part. In this
case @command{genfile} will create a hole at the end of the file up to
the given offset.
For example, consider the following invocation:
@smallexample
genfile --sparse --file sparsefile 0 ABCD 1M EFGHI 2000K
@end smallexample
@noindent
It will create 3101184-bytes long file of the following structure:
@multitable @columnfractions .35 .20 .45
@item Offset @tab Length @tab Contents
@item 0 @tab 4*512=2048 @tab Four 512-byte blocks, filled with
letters @samp{A}, @samp{B}, @samp{C} and @samp{D}.
@item 2048 @tab 1046528 @tab Zero bytes
@item 1050624 @tab 5*512=2560 @tab Five blocks, filled with letters
@samp{E}, @samp{F}, @samp{G}, @samp{H}, @samp{I}.
@item 1053184 @tab 2048000 @tab Zero bytes
@end multitable
The exit code of @command{genfile --status} command is @code{0}
only if created file is actually sparse.
@node Status Mode
@appendixsec Status Mode
In status mode, @command{genfile} prints file system status for
each file specified in the command line. This mode is toggled by
@option{--stat} (@option{-S}) command line option. An optional argument to this
option specifies output @dfn{format}: a comma-separated list of
@code{struct stat} fields to be displayed. This list can contain
following identifiers @FIXME{should we also support @samp{%} notations
as in stat(1)??}:
@table @asis
@item name
The file name.
@item dev
@itemx st_dev
Device number in decimal.
@item ino
@itemx st_ino
Inode number.
@item mode[.@var{number}]
@itemx st_mode[.@var{number}]
File mode in octal. Optional @var{number} specifies octal mask to
be applied to the mode before outputting. For example, @code{--stat
mode.777} will preserve lower nine bits of it. Notice, that you can
use any punctuation character in place of @samp{.}.
@item nlink
@itemx st_nlink
Number of hard links.
@item uid
@itemx st_uid
User ID of owner.
@item gid
@itemx st_gid
Group ID of owner.
@item size
@itemx st_size
File size in decimal.
@item blksize
@itemx st_blksize
The size in bytes of each file block.
@item blocks
@itemx st_blocks
Number of blocks allocated.
@item atime
@itemx st_atime
Time of last access.
@item mtime
@itemx st_mtime
Time of last modification
@item ctime
@itemx st_ctime
Time of last status change
@item sparse
A boolean value indicating whether the file is @samp{sparse}.
@end table
Modification times are displayed in @acronym{UTC} as
@acronym{UNIX} timestamps, unless suffixed with @samp{H} (for
``human-readable''), as in @samp{ctimeH}, in which case usual
@code{tar tv} output format is used.
The default output format is: @samp{name,dev,ino,mode,
nlink,uid,gid,size,blksize,blocks,atime,mtime,ctime}.
For example, the following command will display file names and
corresponding times of last access for each file in the current working
directory:
@smallexample
genfile --stat=name,atime *
@end smallexample
@node Exec Mode
@appendixsec Exec Mode
@cindex Exec Mode, @command{genfile}
This mode is designed for testing the behavior of @code{paxutils}
commands when some of the files change during archiving. It is an
experimental mode.
The @samp{Exec Mode} is toggled by @option{--run} command line
option (or its alias @option{-r}). The argument to this option gives
the command line to be executed. The actual command line is
constructed by inserting @option{--checkpoint} option between the
command name and its first argument (if any). Due to this, the
argument to @option{--run} may not use traditional @command{tar}
option syntax, i.e., the following is wrong:
@smallexample
# Wrong!
genfile --run 'tar cf foo bar'
@end smallexample
@noindent
Use the following syntax instead:
@smallexample
genfile --run 'tar -cf foo bar'
@end smallexample
The rest of command line after @option{--run} or its equivalent
specifies checkpoint values and actions to be executed upon reaching
them. Checkpoint values are introduced with @option{--checkpoint}
command line option. Argument to this option is the number of
checkpoint in decimal.
Any number of @dfn{actions} may be specified after a
checkpoint. Available actions are
@table @option
@item --cut @var{file}
@itemx --truncate @var{file}
Truncate @var{file} to the size specified by previous
@option{--length} option (or 0, if it is not given).
@item --append @var{file}
Append data to @var{file}. The size of data and its pattern are
given by previous @option{--length} and @option{pattern} options.
@item --touch @var{file}
Update the access and modification times of @var{file}. These
timestamps are changed to the current time, unless @option{--date}
option was given, in which case they are changed to the specified
time. Argument to @option{--date} option is a date specification in
an almost arbitrary format (@pxref{Date input formats}).
@item --exec @var{command}
Execute given shell command.
@end table
Option @option{--verbose} instructs @command{genfile} to print on
standard output notifications about checkpoints being executed and to
verbosely describe exit status of the command.
While the command is being executed its standard output remains
connected to descriptor 1. All messages it prints to file descriptor
2, except checkpoint notifications, are forwarded to standard
error.
@command{Genfile} exits with the exit status of the executed command.

553
gnutar/doc/getdate.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
@c GNU date syntax documentation
@c Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@c under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
@c any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
@c Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
@c Texts. A copy of the license is included in the ``GNU Free
@c Documentation License'' file as part of this distribution.
@node Date input formats
@chapter Date input formats
@cindex date input formats
@findex get_date
First, a quote:
@quotation
Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
reckoning in time all but impossible. Indeed, had some tyrannical god
contrived to enslave our minds to time, to make it all but impossible
for us to escape subjection to sodden routines and unpleasant surprises,
he could hardly have done better than handing down our present system.
It is like a set of trapezoidal building blocks, with no vertical or
horizontal surfaces, like a language in which the simplest thought
demands ornate constructions, useless particles and lengthy
circumlocutions. Unlike the more successful patterns of language and
science, which enable us to face experience boldly or at least
level-headedly, our system of temporal calculation silently and
persistently encourages our terror of time.
@dots{} It is as though architects had to measure length in feet, width
in meters and height in ells; as though basic instruction manuals
demanded a knowledge of five different languages. It is no wonder then
that we often look into our own immediate past or future, last Tuesday
or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion. @dots{}
--- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
@end quotation
This section describes the textual date representations that @sc{gnu}
programs accept. These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
arguments to the various programs. The C interface (via the
@code{get_date} function) is not described here.
@menu
* General date syntax:: Common rules.
* Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
* Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
* Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
* Day of week items:: Monday and others.
* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
* Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
* Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
* Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
* Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
@end menu
@node General date syntax
@section General date syntax
@cindex general date syntax
@cindex items in date strings
A @dfn{date} is a string, possibly empty, containing many items
separated by whitespace. The whitespace may be omitted when no
ambiguity arises. The empty string means the beginning of today (i.e.,
midnight). Order of the items is immaterial. A date string may contain
many flavors of items:
@itemize @bullet
@item calendar date items
@item time of day items
@item time zone items
@item day of the week items
@item relative items
@item pure numbers.
@end itemize
@noindent We describe each of these item types in turn, below.
@cindex numbers, written-out
@cindex ordinal numbers
@findex first @r{in date strings}
@findex next @r{in date strings}
@findex last @r{in date strings}
A few ordinal numbers may be written out in words in some contexts. This is
most useful for specifying day of the week items or relative items (see
below). Among the most commonly used ordinal numbers, the word
@samp{last} stands for @math{-1}, @samp{this} stands for 0, and
@samp{first} and @samp{next} both stand for 1. Because the word
@samp{second} stands for the unit of time there is no way to write the
ordinal number 2, but for convenience @samp{third} stands for 3,
@samp{fourth} for 4, @samp{fifth} for 5,
@samp{sixth} for 6, @samp{seventh} for 7, @samp{eighth} for 8,
@samp{ninth} for 9, @samp{tenth} for 10, @samp{eleventh} for 11 and
@samp{twelfth} for 12.
@cindex months, written-out
When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
allowed strings.
@cindex language, in dates
In the current implementation, only English is supported for words and
abbreviations like @samp{AM}, @samp{DST}, @samp{EST}, @samp{first},
@samp{January}, @samp{Sunday}, @samp{tomorrow}, and @samp{year}.
@cindex language, in dates
@cindex time zone item
The output of the @command{date} command
is not always acceptable as a date string,
not only because of the language problem, but also because there is no
standard meaning for time zone items like @samp{IST}. When using
@command{date} to generate a date string intended to be parsed later,
specify a date format that is independent of language and that does not
use time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}. Here are some
ways to do this:
@example
$ LC_ALL=C TZ=UTC0 date
Mon Mar 1 00:21:42 UTC 2004
$ TZ=UTC0 date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%SZ'
2004-03-01 00:21:42Z
$ date --iso-8601=ns | tr T ' ' # --iso-8601 is a GNU extension.
2004-02-29 16:21:42,692722128-0800
$ date --rfc-2822 # a GNU extension
Sun, 29 Feb 2004 16:21:42 -0800
$ date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %z' # %z is a GNU extension.
2004-02-29 16:21:42 -0800
$ date +'@@%s.%N' # %s and %N are GNU extensions.
@@1078100502.692722128
@end example
@cindex case, ignored in dates
@cindex comments, in dates
Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates. Comments may be introduced
between round parentheses, as long as included parentheses are properly
nested. Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored. Leading
zeros on numbers are ignored.
Invalid dates like @samp{2005-02-29} or times like @samp{24:00} are
rejected. In the typical case of a host that does not support leap
seconds, a time like @samp{23:59:60} is rejected even if it
corresponds to a valid leap second.
@node Calendar date items
@section Calendar date items
@cindex calendar date item
A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year. It is
specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
numerically or literally. All these strings specify the same calendar date:
@example
1972-09-24 # @sc{iso} 8601.
72-9-24 # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
# 20xx for 00 through 68.
72-09-24 # Leading zeros are ignored.
9/24/72 # Common U.S. writing.
24 September 1972
24 Sept 72 # September has a special abbreviation.
24 Sep 72 # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
Sep 24, 1972
24-sep-72
24sep72
@end example
The year can also be omitted. In this case, the last specified year is
used, or the current year if none. For example:
@example
9/24
sep 24
@end example
Here are the rules.
@cindex @sc{iso} 8601 date format
@cindex date format, @sc{iso} 8601
For numeric months, the @sc{iso} 8601 format
@samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
@var{day} is a number between 01 and 31. A leading zero must be present
if a number is less than ten. If @var{year} is 68 or smaller, then 2000
is added to it; otherwise, if @var{year} is less than 100,
then 1900 is added to it. The construct
@samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
is accepted. Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.
@cindex month names in date strings
@cindex abbreviations for months
Literal months may be spelled out in full: @samp{January},
@samp{February}, @samp{March}, @samp{April}, @samp{May}, @samp{June},
@samp{July}, @samp{August}, @samp{September}, @samp{October},
@samp{November} or @samp{December}. Literal months may be abbreviated
to their first three letters, possibly followed by an abbreviating dot.
It is also permitted to write @samp{Sept} instead of @samp{September}.
When months are written literally, the calendar date may be given as any
of the following:
@example
@var{day} @var{month} @var{year}
@var{day} @var{month}
@var{month} @var{day} @var{year}
@var{day}-@var{month}-@var{year}
@end example
Or, omitting the year:
@example
@var{month} @var{day}
@end example
@node Time of day items
@section Time of day items
@cindex time of day item
A @dfn{time of day item} in date strings specifies the time on a given
day. Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
@example
20:02:00.000000
20:02
8:02pm
20:02-0500 # In @sc{est} (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
@end example
More generally, the time of day may be given as
@samp{@var{hour}:@var{minute}:@var{second}}, where @var{hour} is
a number between 0 and 23, @var{minute} is a number between 0 and
59, and @var{second} is a number between 0 and 59 possibly followed by
@samp{.} or @samp{,} and a fraction containing one or more digits.
Alternatively,
@samp{:@var{second}} can be omitted, in which case it is taken to
be zero. On the rare hosts that support leap seconds, @var{second}
may be 60.
@findex am @r{in date strings}
@findex pm @r{in date strings}
@findex midnight @r{in date strings}
@findex noon @r{in date strings}
If the time is followed by @samp{am} or @samp{pm} (or @samp{a.m.}
or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
@samp{:@var{minute}} may be omitted (taken to be zero). @samp{am}
indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
half of the day. In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
@cindex time zone correction
@cindex minutes, time zone correction by
The time may alternatively be followed by a time zone correction,
expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
of zone minutes. You can also separate @var{hh} from @var{mm} with a colon.
When a time zone correction is given this way, it
forces interpretation of the time relative to
Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}), overriding any previous
specification for the time zone or the local time zone. For example,
@samp{+0530} and @samp{+05:30} both stand for the time zone 5.5 hours
ahead of @sc{utc} (e.g., India). The @var{minute}
part of the time of day may not be elided when a time zone correction
is used. This is the best way to specify a time zone correction by
fractional parts of an hour.
Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
but not both.
@node Time zone items
@section Time zone items
@cindex time zone item
A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} or @samp{Z}
for Coordinated Universal
Time. Any included periods are ignored. By following a
non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
daylight saving time zone may be specified.
Alternatively, a non-daylight-saving time zone can be followed by a
time zone correction, to add the two values. This is normally done
only for @samp{UTC}; for example, @samp{UTC+05:30} is equivalent to
@samp{+05:30}.
Time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}
are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
Australia than in the United States. Instead, it's better to use
unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
described in the previous section.
If neither a time zone item nor a time zone correction is supplied,
time stamps are interpreted using the rules of the default time zone
(@pxref{Specifying time zone rules}).
@node Day of week items
@section Day of week items
@cindex day of week item
The explicit mention of a day of the week will forward the date
(only if necessary) to reach that day of the week in the future.
Days of the week may be spelled out in full: @samp{Sunday},
@samp{Monday}, @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednesday}, @samp{Thursday},
@samp{Friday} or @samp{Saturday}. Days may be abbreviated to their
first three letters, optionally followed by a period. The special
abbreviations @samp{Tues} for @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednes} for
@samp{Wednesday} and @samp{Thur} or @samp{Thurs} for @samp{Thursday} are
also allowed.
@findex next @var{day}
@findex last @var{day}
A number may precede a day of the week item to move forward
supplementary weeks. It is best used in expression like @samp{third
monday}. In this context, @samp{last @var{day}} or @samp{next
@var{day}} is also acceptable; they move one week before or after
the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.
@node Relative items in date strings
@section Relative items in date strings
@cindex relative items in date strings
@cindex displacement of dates
@dfn{Relative items} adjust a date (or the current date if none) forward
or backward. The effects of relative items accumulate. Here are some
examples:
@example
1 year
1 year ago
3 years
2 days
@end example
@findex year @r{in date strings}
@findex month @r{in date strings}
@findex fortnight @r{in date strings}
@findex week @r{in date strings}
@findex day @r{in date strings}
@findex hour @r{in date strings}
@findex minute @r{in date strings}
The unit of time displacement may be selected by the string @samp{year}
or @samp{month} for moving by whole years or months. These are fuzzy
units, as years and months are not all of equal duration. More precise
units are @samp{fortnight} which is worth 14 days, @samp{week} worth 7
days, @samp{day} worth 24 hours, @samp{hour} worth 60 minutes,
@samp{minute} or @samp{min} worth 60 seconds, and @samp{second} or
@samp{sec} worth one second. An @samp{s} suffix on these units is
accepted and ignored.
@findex ago @r{in date strings}
The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
signed number. Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed. No
number at all implies 1 for a multiplier. Following a relative item by
the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
multiplier with value @math{-1}.
@findex day @r{in date strings}
@findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
@findex yesterday @r{in date strings}
The string @samp{tomorrow} is worth one day in the future (equivalent
to @samp{day}), the string @samp{yesterday} is worth
one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
@findex now @r{in date strings}
@findex today @r{in date strings}
@findex this @r{in date strings}
The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
otherwise changed by previous items. They may be used to stress other
items, like in @samp{12:00 today}. The string @samp{this} also has
the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight saving time,
the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.
The fuzz in units can cause problems with relative items. For
example, @samp{2003-07-31 -1 month} might evaluate to 2003-07-01,
because 2003-06-31 is an invalid date. To determine the previous
month more reliably, you can ask for the month before the 15th of the
current month. For example:
@example
$ date -R
Thu, 31 Jul 2003 13:02:39 -0700
$ date --date='-1 month' +'Last month was %B?'
Last month was July?
$ date --date="$(date +%Y-%m-15) -1 month" +'Last month was %B!'
Last month was June!
@end example
Also, take care when manipulating dates around clock changes such as
daylight saving leaps. In a few cases these have added or subtracted
as much as 24 hours from the clock, so it is often wise to adopt
universal time by setting the @env{TZ} environment variable to
@samp{UTC0} before embarking on calendrical calculations.
@node Pure numbers in date strings
@section Pure numbers in date strings
@cindex pure numbers in date strings
The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
on the context in the date string.
If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
calendar date.
If the decimal number is of the form @var{hh}@var{mm} and no other time
of day item appears before it in the date string, then @var{hh} is read
as the hour of the day and @var{mm} as the minute of the hour, for the
specified time of day. @var{mm} can also be omitted.
If both a calendar date and a time of day appear to the left of a number
in the date string, but no relative item, then the number overrides the
year.
@node Seconds since the Epoch
@section Seconds since the Epoch
If you precede a number with @samp{@@}, it represents an internal time
stamp as a count of seconds. The number can contain an internal
decimal point (either @samp{.} or @samp{,}); any excess precision not
supported by the internal representation is truncated toward minus
infinity. Such a number cannot be combined with any other date
item, as it specifies a complete time stamp.
@cindex beginning of time, for @acronym{POSIX}
@cindex epoch, for @acronym{POSIX}
Internally, computer times are represented as a count of seconds since
an epoch---a well-defined point of time. On @acronym{GNU} and
@acronym{POSIX} systems, the epoch is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 @sc{utc}, so
@samp{@@0} represents this time, @samp{@@1} represents 1970-01-01
00:00:01 @sc{utc}, and so forth. @acronym{GNU} and most other
@acronym{POSIX}-compliant systems support such times as an extension
to @acronym{POSIX}, using negative counts, so that @samp{@@-1}
represents 1969-12-31 23:59:59 @sc{utc}.
Traditional Unix systems count seconds with 32-bit two's-complement
integers and can represent times from 1901-12-13 20:45:52 through
2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}. More modern systems use 64-bit counts
of seconds with nanosecond subcounts, and can represent all the times
in the known lifetime of the universe to a resolution of 1 nanosecond.
On most hosts, these counts ignore the presence of leap seconds.
For example, on most hosts @samp{@@915148799} represents 1998-12-31
23:59:59 @sc{utc}, @samp{@@915148800} represents 1999-01-01 00:00:00
@sc{utc}, and there is no way to represent the intervening leap second
1998-12-31 23:59:60 @sc{utc}.
@node Specifying time zone rules
@section Specifying time zone rules
@vindex TZ
Normally, dates are interpreted using the rules of the current time
zone, which in turn are specified by the @env{TZ} environment
variable, or by a system default if @env{TZ} is not set. To specify a
different set of default time zone rules that apply just to one date,
start the date with a string of the form @samp{TZ="@var{rule}"}. The
two quote characters (@samp{"}) must be present in the date, and any
quotes or backslashes within @var{rule} must be escaped by a
backslash.
For example, with the @acronym{GNU} @command{date} command you can
answer the question ``What time is it in New York when a Paris clock
shows 6:30am on October 31, 2004?'' by using a date beginning with
@samp{TZ="Europe/Paris"} as shown in the following shell transcript:
@example
$ export TZ="America/New_York"
$ date --date='TZ="Europe/Paris" 2004-10-31 06:30'
Sun Oct 31 01:30:00 EDT 2004
@end example
In this example, the @option{--date} operand begins with its own
@env{TZ} setting, so the rest of that operand is processed according
to @samp{Europe/Paris} rules, treating the string @samp{2004-10-31
06:30} as if it were in Paris. However, since the output of the
@command{date} command is processed according to the overall time zone
rules, it uses New York time. (Paris was normally six hours ahead of
New York in 2004, but this example refers to a brief Halloween period
when the gap was five hours.)
A @env{TZ} value is a rule that typically names a location in the
@uref{http://www.twinsun.com/tz/tz-link.htm, @samp{tz} database}.
A recent catalog of location names appears in the
@uref{http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/xtra/tzdate, TWiki Date and Time
Gateway}. A few non-@acronym{GNU} hosts require a colon before a
location name in a @env{TZ} setting, e.g.,
@samp{TZ=":America/New_York"}.
The @samp{tz} database includes a wide variety of locations ranging
from @samp{Arctic/Longyearbyen} to @samp{Antarctica/South_Pole}, but
if you are at sea and have your own private time zone, or if you are
using a non-@acronym{GNU} host that does not support the @samp{tz}
database, you may need to use a @acronym{POSIX} rule instead. Simple
@acronym{POSIX} rules like @samp{UTC0} specify a time zone without
daylight saving time; other rules can specify simple daylight saving
regimes. @xref{TZ Variable,, Specifying the Time Zone with @code{TZ},
libc, The GNU C Library}.
@node Authors of get_date
@section Authors of @code{get_date}
@cindex authors of @code{get_date}
@cindex Bellovin, Steven M.
@cindex Salz, Rich
@cindex Berets, Jim
@cindex MacKenzie, David
@cindex Meyering, Jim
@cindex Eggert, Paul
@code{get_date} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
(@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill. The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990. Various
revisions for the @sc{gnu} system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
Paul Eggert and others.
@cindex Pinard, F.
@cindex Berry, K.
This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
(@email{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
and then edited by K.@: Berry (@email{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).

242
gnutar/doc/header.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
@comment GNU tar Archive Format description.
@comment
@comment Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
@comment 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@comment
@comment This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@comment under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
@comment Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
@comment version.
@comment
@comment This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
@comment WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@comment MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
@comment Public License for more details.
@comment
@comment You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
@comment with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
@comment 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
/*@r{ tar Header Block, from POSIX 1003.1-1990. }*/
/*@r{ POSIX header. }*/
struct posix_header
@{ /*@r{ byte offset }*/
char name[100]; /*@r{ 0 }*/
char mode[8]; /*@r{ 100 }*/
char uid[8]; /*@r{ 108 }*/
char gid[8]; /*@r{ 116 }*/
char size[12]; /*@r{ 124 }*/
char mtime[12]; /*@r{ 136 }*/
char chksum[8]; /*@r{ 148 }*/
char typeflag; /*@r{ 156 }*/
char linkname[100]; /*@r{ 157 }*/
char magic[6]; /*@r{ 257 }*/
char version[2]; /*@r{ 263 }*/
char uname[32]; /*@r{ 265 }*/
char gname[32]; /*@r{ 297 }*/
char devmajor[8]; /*@r{ 329 }*/
char devminor[8]; /*@r{ 337 }*/
char prefix[155]; /*@r{ 345 }*/
/*@r{ 500 }*/
@};
#define TMAGIC "ustar" /*@r{ ustar and a null }*/
#define TMAGLEN 6
#define TVERSION "00" /*@r{ 00 and no null }*/
#define TVERSLEN 2
/*@r{ Values used in typeflag field. }*/
#define REGTYPE '0' /*@r{ regular file }*/
#define AREGTYPE '\0' /*@r{ regular file }*/
#define LNKTYPE '1' /*@r{ link }*/
#define SYMTYPE '2' /*@r{ reserved }*/
#define CHRTYPE '3' /*@r{ character special }*/
#define BLKTYPE '4' /*@r{ block special }*/
#define DIRTYPE '5' /*@r{ directory }*/
#define FIFOTYPE '6' /*@r{ FIFO special }*/
#define CONTTYPE '7' /*@r{ reserved }*/
#define XHDTYPE 'x' /*@r{ Extended header referring to the
next file in the archive }*/
#define XGLTYPE 'g' /*@r{ Global extended header }*/
/*@r{ Bits used in the mode field, values in octal. }*/
#define TSUID 04000 /*@r{ set UID on execution }*/
#define TSGID 02000 /*@r{ set GID on execution }*/
#define TSVTX 01000 /*@r{ reserved }*/
/*@r{ file permissions }*/
#define TUREAD 00400 /*@r{ read by owner }*/
#define TUWRITE 00200 /*@r{ write by owner }*/
#define TUEXEC 00100 /*@r{ execute/search by owner }*/
#define TGREAD 00040 /*@r{ read by group }*/
#define TGWRITE 00020 /*@r{ write by group }*/
#define TGEXEC 00010 /*@r{ execute/search by group }*/
#define TOREAD 00004 /*@r{ read by other }*/
#define TOWRITE 00002 /*@r{ write by other }*/
#define TOEXEC 00001 /*@r{ execute/search by other }*/
/*@r{ tar Header Block, GNU extensions. }*/
/*@r{ In GNU tar, SYMTYPE is for to symbolic links, and CONTTYPE is for
contiguous files, so maybe disobeying the `reserved' comment in POSIX
header description. I suspect these were meant to be used this way, and
should not have really been `reserved' in the published standards. }*/
/*@r{ *BEWARE* *BEWARE* *BEWARE* that the following information is still
boiling, and may change. Even if the OLDGNU format description should be
accurate, the so-called GNU format is not yet fully decided. It is
surely meant to use only extensions allowed by POSIX, but the sketch
below repeats some ugliness from the OLDGNU format, which should rather
go away. Sparse files should be saved in such a way that they do *not*
require two passes at archive creation time. Huge files get some POSIX
fields to overflow, alternate solutions have to be sought for this. }*/
/*@r{ Descriptor for a single file hole. }*/
struct sparse
@{ /*@r{ byte offset }*/
char offset[12]; /*@r{ 0 }*/
char numbytes[12]; /*@r{ 12 }*/
/*@r{ 24 }*/
@};
/*@r{ Sparse files are not supported in POSIX ustar format. For sparse files
with a POSIX header, a GNU extra header is provided which holds overall
sparse information and a few sparse descriptors. When an old GNU header
replaces both the POSIX header and the GNU extra header, it holds some
sparse descriptors too. Whether POSIX or not, if more sparse descriptors
are still needed, they are put into as many successive sparse headers as
necessary. The following constants tell how many sparse descriptors fit
in each kind of header able to hold them. }*/
#define SPARSES_IN_EXTRA_HEADER 16
#define SPARSES_IN_OLDGNU_HEADER 4
#define SPARSES_IN_SPARSE_HEADER 21
/*@r{ Extension header for sparse files, used immediately after the GNU extra
header, and used only if all sparse information cannot fit into that
extra header. There might even be many such extension headers, one after
the other, until all sparse information has been recorded. }*/
struct sparse_header
@{ /*@r{ byte offset }*/
struct sparse sp[SPARSES_IN_SPARSE_HEADER];
/*@r{ 0 }*/
char isextended; /*@r{ 504 }*/
/*@r{ 505 }*/
@};
/*@r{ The old GNU format header conflicts with POSIX format in such a way that
POSIX archives may fool old GNU tar's, and POSIX tar's might well be
fooled by old GNU tar archives. An old GNU format header uses the space
used by the prefix field in a POSIX header, and cumulates information
normally found in a GNU extra header. With an old GNU tar header, we
never see any POSIX header nor GNU extra header. Supplementary sparse
headers are allowed, however. }*/
struct oldgnu_header
@{ /*@r{ byte offset }*/
char unused_pad1[345]; /*@r{ 0 }*/
char atime[12]; /*@r{ 345 Incr. archive: atime of the file }*/
char ctime[12]; /*@r{ 357 Incr. archive: ctime of the file }*/
char offset[12]; /*@r{ 369 Multivolume archive: the offset of
the start of this volume }*/
char longnames[4]; /*@r{ 381 Not used }*/
char unused_pad2; /*@r{ 385 }*/
struct sparse sp[SPARSES_IN_OLDGNU_HEADER];
/*@r{ 386 }*/
char isextended; /*@r{ 482 Sparse file: Extension sparse header
follows }*/
char realsize[12]; /*@r{ 483 Sparse file: Real size}*/
/*@r{ 495 }*/
@};
/*@r{ OLDGNU_MAGIC uses both magic and version fields, which are contiguous.
Found in an archive, it indicates an old GNU header format, which will be
hopefully become obsolescent. With OLDGNU_MAGIC, uname and gname are
valid, though the header is not truly POSIX conforming. }*/
#define OLDGNU_MAGIC "ustar " /*@r{ 7 chars and a null }*/
/*@r{ The standards committee allows only capital A through capital Z for
user-defined expansion. Other letters in use include:
'A' Solaris Access Control List
'E' Solaris Extended Attribute File
'I' Inode only, as in 'star'
'N' Obsolete GNU tar, for file names that do not fit into the main header.
'X' POSIX 1003.1-2001 eXtended (VU version) }*/
/*@r{ This is a dir entry that contains the names of files that were in the
dir at the time the dump was made. }*/
#define GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR 'D'
/*@r{ Identifies the *next* file on the tape as having a long linkname. }*/
#define GNUTYPE_LONGLINK 'K'
/*@r{ Identifies the *next* file on the tape as having a long name. }*/
#define GNUTYPE_LONGNAME 'L'
/*@r{ This is the continuation of a file that began on another volume. }*/
#define GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL 'M'
/*@r{ This is for sparse files. }*/
#define GNUTYPE_SPARSE 'S'
/*@r{ This file is a tape/volume header. Ignore it on extraction. }*/
#define GNUTYPE_VOLHDR 'V'
/*@r{ Solaris extended header }*/
#define SOLARIS_XHDTYPE 'X'
/*@r{ J@"org Schilling star header }*/
struct star_header
@{ /*@r{ byte offset }*/
char name[100]; /*@r{ 0 }*/
char mode[8]; /*@r{ 100 }*/
char uid[8]; /*@r{ 108 }*/
char gid[8]; /*@r{ 116 }*/
char size[12]; /*@r{ 124 }*/
char mtime[12]; /*@r{ 136 }*/
char chksum[8]; /*@r{ 148 }*/
char typeflag; /*@r{ 156 }*/
char linkname[100]; /*@r{ 157 }*/
char magic[6]; /*@r{ 257 }*/
char version[2]; /*@r{ 263 }*/
char uname[32]; /*@r{ 265 }*/
char gname[32]; /*@r{ 297 }*/
char devmajor[8]; /*@r{ 329 }*/
char devminor[8]; /*@r{ 337 }*/
char prefix[131]; /*@r{ 345 }*/
char atime[12]; /*@r{ 476 }*/
char ctime[12]; /*@r{ 488 }*/
/*@r{ 500 }*/
@};
#define SPARSES_IN_STAR_HEADER 4
#define SPARSES_IN_STAR_EXT_HEADER 21
struct star_in_header
@{
char fill[345]; /*@r{ 0 Everything that is before t_prefix }*/
char prefix[1]; /*@r{ 345 t_name prefix }*/
char fill2; /*@r{ 346 }*/
char fill3[8]; /*@r{ 347 }*/
char isextended; /*@r{ 355 }*/
struct sparse sp[SPARSES_IN_STAR_HEADER]; /*@r{ 356 }*/
char realsize[12]; /*@r{ 452 Actual size of the file }*/
char offset[12]; /*@r{ 464 Offset of multivolume contents }*/
char atime[12]; /*@r{ 476 }*/
char ctime[12]; /*@r{ 488 }*/
char mfill[8]; /*@r{ 500 }*/
char xmagic[4]; /*@r{ 508 "tar" }*/
@};
struct star_ext_header
@{
struct sparse sp[SPARSES_IN_STAR_EXT_HEADER];
char isextended;
@};

335
gnutar/doc/intern.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
@c Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
@menu
* Standard:: Basic Tar Format
* Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
* Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
* Snapshot Files::
* Dumpdir::
@end menu
@node Standard
@unnumberedsec Basic Tar Format
@UNREVISED
While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
@acronym{GNU} Emacs.
Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
bytes. A file
entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
@dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
information about file types.
Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
@FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
@xref{label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
@option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b @var{512-size}}) option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
@w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
records after a zero block.
The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
@smallexample
@include header.texi
@end smallexample
All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
contiguously.
Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
of file contents is performed.
The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
@code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
@var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
(if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
@FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
and three bits to specify the Set @acronym{UID}, Set @acronym{GID}, and Save Text
(@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
@acronym{ID} of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
not support numeric user or group @acronym{ID}s, these fields should be ignored.
The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
particular the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.}
The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
as an integer number of
seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
if it were all blanks.
The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
status change times.
The @code{offset} is used by the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option, when
making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
continued at.
The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
differently from non-sparse files.
Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
-l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
used to handle a sparse file:
The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
array element.
The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
an extended_header is needed.
The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
@code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
@table @asis
@item @code{REGTYPE}
@itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
@code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
ends with a slash as a directory.
@item @code{LNKTYPE}
This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
@item @code{SYMTYPE}
This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
@item @code{CHRTYPE}
@itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
These represent character special files and block special files
respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
local specification, or may ignore the entry.
@item @code{DIRTYPE}
This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
@code{size} field.
@item @code{FIFOTYPE}
This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
@item @code{CONTTYPE}
This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
type as a normal file.
@item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
@end table
Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
If found, the user and group @acronym{ID}s are used rather than the values in
the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
(section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
@node Extensions
@unnumberedsec @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
@UNREVISED
The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
files in an archive. These are listed below.
@table @code
@item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
@itemx 'D'
This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
@option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option. The @code{size} field gives the total
size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
(The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
last file name.
@item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
@itemx 'M'
This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
archive created with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option. The original
type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
the original size of the file.
@item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
@itemx 'S'
This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
@item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
@itemx 'V'
This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
field contains the @code{name} given after the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option.
The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
of an archive should have this type.
@end table
You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}),
@option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}), or @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) were
used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
@command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
@command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
checksum error.
@node Sparse Formats
@unnumberedsec Storing Sparse Files
@include sparse.texi
@node Snapshot Files
@unnumberedsec Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
@include snapshot.texi
@node Dumpdir
@unnumberedsec Dumpdir
@include dumpdir.texi

91
gnutar/doc/mastermenu.el Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
;;; mastermenu.el --- Redefinition of texinfo-master-menu-list
;; Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
;; Author: Sergey Poznyakoff
;; Maintainer: bug-tar@gnu.org
;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs
;; This file is part of GNU tar documentation suite
;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
;; any later version.
;; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
;; GNU General Public License for more details.
;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
;; along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
;; Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
;;; Commentary:
;; This file redefines texinfo-master-menu-list so that it takes into
;; account included files.
;; Known bugs: @menu without previous sectioning command will inherit
;; documentation string from the previous menu. However, since such a
;; menu is illegal in a texinfo file, we can live with it.
(require 'texinfo)
(require 'texnfo-upd)
(defun texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive (title)
"Auxiliary function used by `texinfo-master-menu-list'."
(save-excursion
(let (master-menu-list)
(while (re-search-forward "\\(^@menu\\|^@include\\)" nil t)
(cond
((string= (match-string 0) "@include")
(skip-chars-forward " \t")
(let ((included-name (let ((start (point)))
(end-of-line)
(skip-chars-backward " \t")
(buffer-substring start (point)))))
(end-of-line)
(let ((prev-title (texinfo-copy-menu-title)))
(save-excursion
(set-buffer (find-file-noselect included-name))
(setq master-menu-list
(append (texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive prev-title)
master-menu-list))))))
(t
(setq master-menu-list
(cons (list
(texinfo-copy-menu)
(let ((menu-title (texinfo-copy-menu-title)))
(if (string= menu-title "")
title
menu-title)))
master-menu-list)))))
master-menu-list)))
(defun texinfo-master-menu-list ()
"Return a list of menu entries and header lines for the master menu,
recursing into included files.
Start with the menu for chapters and indices and then find each
following menu and the title of the node preceding that menu.
The master menu list has this form:
\(\(\(... \"entry-1-2\" \"entry-1\"\) \"title-1\"\)
\(\(... \"entry-2-2\" \"entry-2-1\"\) \"title-2\"\)
...\)
However, there does not need to be a title field."
(reverse (texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive "")))
(defun make-master-menu ()
"Create master menu in the first Emacs argument."
(find-file (car command-line-args-left))
(texinfo-master-menu nil)
(save-buffer))
;;; mastermenu.el ends here

90
gnutar/doc/rendition.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
@c This is part of GNU tar manual.
@c Copyright (C) 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
@c 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c See file tar.texi for copying conditions.
@c This file contains support for 'renditions' by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
@c I extended it by adding a FIXME_FOOTNOTE variable, which controls
@c whether FIXME information should be placed in footnotes or
@c inlined. --gray
@c ======================================================================
@c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
@c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
@c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
@c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
@c so DISTRIB is the default for distributions. The PROOF rendition
@c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
@c those working on the manual itself.
@c ======================================================================
@c Set this symbol if you wish FIXMEs to appear in footnotes, instead
@c of being inserted into the text.
@c @set PROOF_FOOTNOTED
@ifclear PUBLISH
@ifclear DISTRIB
@ifclear PROOF
@set DISTRIB
@end ifclear
@end ifclear
@end ifclear
@ifset PUBLISH
@set RENDITION The book, version
@end ifset
@ifset DISTRIB
@set RENDITION FTP release, version
@end ifset
@ifset PROOF
@set RENDITION Proof reading version
@end ifset
@c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
@macro UNREVISED
@ifclear PUBLISH
@quotation
@emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
@end quotation
@end ifclear
@end macro
@c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
@macro FIXME{string}
@ifset PROOF
@ifset PROOF_FOOTNOTED
@footnote{@strong{FIXME:} \string\}
@end ifset
@ifclear PROOF_FOOTNOTED
@cartouche
@strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
@end cartouche
@end ifclear
@end ifset
@end macro
@macro FIXME-ref{string}
@ifset PROOF
@strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
@end ifset
@end macro
@macro FIXME-pxref{string}
@ifset PROOF
@strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
@end ifset
@end macro
@macro FIXME-xref{string}
@ifset PROOF
@strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
@end ifset
@end macro
@c End of rendition.texi

66
gnutar/doc/snapshot.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
@c Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
A @dfn{snapshot file} (or @dfn{directory file}) is created during
incremental backups (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). It
contains the status of the file system at the time of the dump and is
used to determine which files were modified since the last backup.
@GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION} supports two snapshot file
formats. The first format, called @dfn{format 0}, is the one used by
@GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.15.1. The second format, called @dfn{format
1} is an extended version of this format, that contains more metadata
and allows for further extensions.
@samp{Format 0} snapshot file begins with a line containing a
decimal number that represents the UNIX timestamp of the beginning of
the last archivation. This line is followed by directory metadata
descriptions, one per line. Each description has the following format:
@smallexample
[@var{nfs}]@var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
@end smallexample
@noindent
where optional @var{nfs} is a single plus character (@samp{+}) if this
directory is located on an NFS-mounted partition, @var{dev} and
@var{inode} are the device and inode numbers of the directory, and
@var{name} is the directory name.
@samp{Format 1} snapshot file begins with a line specifying the
format of the file. This line has the following structure:
@smallexample
@samp{GNU tar-}@var{tar-version}@samp{-}@var{incr-format-version}
@end smallexample
@noindent
where @var{tar-version} is the version of @GNUTAR{} implementation
that created this snapshot, and @var{incr-format-version} is the
version number of the snapshot format (in this case @samp{1}).
The following line contains two decimal numbers, representing the
time of the last backup. First number is the number of seconds, the
second one is the number of nanoseconds, since the beginning of the
epoch.
Following lines contain directory metadata, one line per
directory. The line format is:
@smallexample
[@var{nfs}]@var{mtime-sec} @var{mtime-nsec} @var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
@end smallexample
@noindent
where @var{mtime-sec} and @var{mtime-nsec} represent the last
modification time of this directory with nanosecond precision;
@var{nfs}, @var{dev}, @var{inode} and @var{name} have the same meaning
as with @samp{format 0}.
@c End of snapshot.texi

235
gnutar/doc/sparse.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
@c Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
@cindex sparse formats
@cindex sparse versions
The notion of sparse file, and the ways of handling it from the point
of view of @GNUTAR{} user have been described in detail in
@ref{sparse}. This chapter describes the internal format @GNUTAR{}
uses to store such files.
The support for sparse files in @GNUTAR{} has a long history. The
earliest version featuring this support that I was able to find was 1.09,
released in November, 1990. The format introduced back then is called
@dfn{old GNU} sparse format and in spite of the fact that its design
contained many flaws, it was the only format @GNUTAR{} supported
until version 1.14 (May, 2004), which introduced initial support for
sparse archives in @acronym{PAX} archives (@pxref{posix}). This
format was not free from design flows, either and it was subsequently
improved in versions 1.15.2 (November, 2005) and 1.15.92 (June,
2006).
In addition to GNU sparse format, @GNUTAR{} is able to read and
extract sparse files archived by @command{star}.
The following subsections describe each format in detail.
@menu
* Old GNU Format::
* PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
* PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
@end menu
@node Old GNU Format
@appendixsubsec Old GNU Format
@cindex sparse formats, Old GNU
@cindex Old GNU sparse format
The format introduced some time around 1990 (v. 1.09). It was
designed on top of standard @code{ustar} headers in such an
unfortunate way that some of its fields overwrote fields required by
POSIX.
An old GNU sparse header is designated by type @samp{S}
(@code{GNUTYPE_SPARSE}) and has the following layout:
@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.40
@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Name @tab Data type @tab Contents
@item 0 @tab 345 @tab @tab N/A @tab Not used.
@item 345 @tab 12 @tab atime @tab Number @tab @code{atime} of the file.
@item 357 @tab 12 @tab ctime @tab Number @tab @code{ctime} of the file .
@item 369 @tab 12 @tab offset @tab Number @tab For
multivolume archives: the offset of the start of this volume.
@item 381 @tab 4 @tab @tab N/A @tab Not used.
@item 385 @tab 1 @tab @tab N/A @tab Not used.
@item 386 @tab 96 @tab sp @tab @code{sparse_header} @tab (4 entries) File map.
@item 482 @tab 1 @tab isextended @tab Bool @tab @code{1} if an
extension sparse header follows, @code{0} otherwise.
@item 483 @tab 12 @tab realsize @tab Number @tab Real size of the file.
@end multitable
Each of @code{sparse_header} object at offset 386 describes a single
data chunk. It has the following structure:
@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.60
@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Data type @tab Contents
@item 0 @tab 12 @tab Number @tab Offset of the
beginning of the chunk.
@item 12 @tab 12 @tab Number @tab Size of the chunk.
@end multitable
If the member contains more than four chunks, the @code{isextended}
field of the header has the value @code{1} and the main header is
followed by one or more @dfn{extension headers}. Each such header has
the following structure:
@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.40
@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Name @tab Data type @tab Contents
@item 0 @tab 21 @tab sp @tab @code{sparse_header} @tab
(21 entires) File map.
@item 504 @tab 1 @tab isextended @tab Bool @tab @code{1} if an
extension sparse header follows, or @code{0} otherwise.
@end multitable
A header with @code{isextended=0} ends the map.
@node PAX 0
@appendixsubsec PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
@cindex sparse formats, v.0.0
There are two formats available in this branch. The version @code{0.0}
is the initial version of sparse format used by @command{tar}
versions 1.14--1.15.1. The sparse file map is kept in extended
(@code{x}) PAX header variables:
@table @code
@vrindex GNU.sparse.size, extended header variable
@item GNU.sparse.size
Real size of the stored file
@item GNU.sparse.numblocks
@vrindex GNU.sparse.numblocks, extended header variable
Number of blocks in the sparse map
@item GNU.sparse.offset
@vrindex GNU.sparse.offset, extended header variable
Offset of the data block
@item GNU.sparse.numbytes
@vrindex GNU.sparse.numbytes, extended header variable
Size of the data block
@end table
The latter two variables repeat for each data block, so the overall
structure is like this:
@smallexample
@group
GNU.sparse.size=@var{size}
GNU.sparse.numblocks=@var{numblocks}
repeat @var{numblocks} times
GNU.sparse.offset=@var{offset}
GNU.sparse.numbytes=@var{numbytes}
end repeat
@end group
@end smallexample
This format presented the following two problems:
@enumerate 1
@item
Whereas the POSIX specification allows a variable to appear multiple
times in a header, it requires that only the last occurrence be
meaningful. Thus, multiple occurrences of @code{GNU.sparse.offset} and
@code{GNU.sparse.numbytes} are conflicting with the POSIX specs.
@item
Attempting to extract such archives using a third-party @command{tar}s
results in extraction of sparse files in @emph{compressed form}. If
the @command{tar} implementation in question does not support POSIX
format, it will also extract a file containing extension header
attributes. This file can be used to expand the file to its original
state. However, posix-aware @command{tar}s will usually ignore the
unknown variables, which makes restoring the file more
difficult. @xref{extracting sparse v.0.x, Extraction of sparse
members in v.0.0 format}, for the detailed description of how to
restore such members using non-GNU @command{tar}s.
@end enumerate
@cindex sparse formats, v.0.1
@GNUTAR{} 1.15.2 introduced sparse format version @code{0.1}, which
attempted to solve these problems. As its predecessor, this format
stores sparse map in the extended POSIX header. It retains
@code{GNU.sparse.size} and @code{GNU.sparse.numblocks} variables, but
instead of @code{GNU.sparse.offset}/@code{GNU.sparse.numbytes} pairs
it uses a single variable:
@table @code
@item GNU.sparse.map
@vrindex GNU.sparse.map, extended header variable
Map of non-null data chunks. It is a string consisting of
comma-separated values "@var{offset},@var{size}[,@var{offset-1},@var{size-1}...]"
@end table
To address the 2nd problem, the @code{name} field in @code{ustar}
is replaced with a special name, constructed using the following pattern:
@smallexample
%d/GNUSparseFile.%p/%f
@end smallexample
@vrindex GNU.sparse.name, extended header variable
The real name of the sparse file is stored in the variable
@code{GNU.sparse.name}. Thus, those @command{tar} implementations
that are not aware of GNU extensions will at least extract the files
into separate directories, giving the user a possibility to expand it
afterwards. @xref{extracting sparse v.0.x, Extraction of sparse
members in v.0.1 format}, for the detailed description of how to
restore such members using non-GNU @command{tar}s.
The resulting @code{GNU.sparse.map} string can be @emph{very} long.
Although POSIX does not impose any limit on the length of a @code{x}
header variable, this possibly can confuse some tars.
@node PAX 1
@appendixsubsec PAX Format, Version 1.0
@cindex sparse formats, v.1.0
The version @code{1.0} of sparse format was introduced with @GNUTAR{}
1.15.92. Its main objective was to make the resulting file
extractable with little effort even by non-posix aware @command{tar}
implementations. Starting from this version, the extended header
preceding a sparse member always contains the following variables that
identify the format being used:
@table @code
@item GNU.sparse.major
@vrindex GNU.sparse.major, extended header variable
Major version
@item GNU.sparse.minor
@vrindex GNU.sparse.minor, extended header variable
Minor version
@end table
The @code{name} field in @code{ustar} header contains a special name,
constructed using the following pattern:
@smallexample
%d/GNUSparseFile.%p/%f
@end smallexample
@vrindex GNU.sparse.name, extended header variable, in v.1.0
@vrindex GNU.sparse.realsize, extended header variable
The real name of the sparse file is stored in the variable
@code{GNU.sparse.name}. The real size of the file is stored in the
variable @code{GNU.sparse.realsize}.
The sparse map itself is stored in the file data block, preceding the actual
file data. It consists of a series of octal numbers of arbitrary length, delimited
by newlines. The map is padded with nulls to the nearest block boundary.
The first number gives the number of entries in the map. Following are map entries,
each one consisting of two numbers giving the offset and size of the
data block it describes.
The format is designed in such a way that non-posix aware tars and tars not
supporting @code{GNU.sparse.*} keywords will extract each sparse file
in its condensed form with the file map prepended and will place it
into a separate directory. Then, using a simple program it would be
possible to expand the file to its original form even without @GNUTAR{}.
@xref{Sparse Recovery}, for the detailed information on how to extract
sparse members without @GNUTAR{}.

4
gnutar/doc/stamp-vti Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
@set UPDATED 8 June 2007
@set UPDATED-MONTH June 2007
@set EDITION 1.17
@set VERSION 1.17

387
gnutar/doc/tar.info Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
This is tar.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from tar.texi.
This manual is for GNU `tar' (version 1.17, 8 June 2007), which
creates and extracts files from archives.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts
being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
"GNU Free Documentation License".
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
INFO-DIR-SECTION Archiving
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
INFO-DIR-SECTION Individual utilities
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking GNU `tar'.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY

Indirect:
tar.info-1: 1234
tar.info-2: 301079

Tag Table:
(Indirect)
Node: Top1234
Node: Introduction10405
Node: Book Contents11192
Node: Definitions13364
Node: What tar Does15167
Node: Naming tar Archives17933
Node: Authors18653
Node: Reports20466
Node: Tutorial20826
Node: assumptions21639
Node: stylistic conventions24114
Node: basic tar options24557
Node: frequent operations28195
Node: Two Frequent Options28847
Node: file tutorial29478
Node: verbose tutorial30839
Ref: verbose member listing33053
Node: help tutorial35806
Node: create36160
Node: prepare for examples37661
Node: Creating the archive39429
Node: create verbose42261
Node: short create43082
Node: create dir45835
Node: list48542
Ref: listing member and file names49816
Node: list dir52097
Node: extract53086
Node: extracting archives54263
Node: extracting files54753
Ref: extracting files-Footnote-157400
Node: extract dir57780
Node: extracting untrusted archives60163
Node: failing commands61042
Node: going further62142
Node: tar invocation62292
Node: Synopsis63788
Node: using tar options68757
Ref: TAR_OPTIONS70342
Node: Styles71359
Node: Long Options73071
Node: Short Options75243
Ref: Short Options-Footnote-177051
Node: Old Options77268
Ref: Old Options-Footnote-180218
Node: Mixing80388
Ref: Mixing-Footnote-182754
Node: All Options82874
Node: Operation Summary83479
Ref: --append83599
Ref: --catenate83679
Ref: --compare83750
Ref: --concatenate83953
Ref: --create84063
Ref: --delete84131
Ref: --diff84244
Ref: --extract84300
Ref: --get84402
Ref: --list84460
Ref: --update84528
Node: Option Summary84738
Ref: --absolute-names84893
Ref: --after-date85071
Ref: --anchored85123
Ref: --atime-preserve85256
Ref: --backup87771
Ref: --block-number87962
Ref: --blocking-factor88136
Ref: --bzip288288
Ref: --checkpoint88395
Ref: --check-links88730
Ref: --compress88981
Ref: --uncompress88981
Ref: --confirmation89185
Ref: --delay-directory-restore89253
Ref: --dereference89454
Ref: --directory89639
Ref: --exclude89892
Ref: --exclude-from90011
Ref: --exclude-caches90157
Ref: --exclude-caches-under90351
Ref: --exclude-caches-all90529
Ref: --exclude-tag90658
Ref: --exclude-tag-under90813
Ref: --exclude-tag-all90981
Ref: --file91095
Ref: --files-from91295
Ref: --force-local91498
Ref: --format91689
Ref: --group92359
Ref: --gzip92707
Ref: --gunzip92707
Ref: --ungzip92707
Ref: --help92930
Ref: --ignore-case93064
Ref: --ignore-command-error93191
Ref: --ignore-failed-read93302
Ref: --ignore-zeros93432
Ref: --incremental93577
Ref: --index-file93842
Ref: --info-script93927
Ref: --new-volume-script93927
Ref: --interactive94248
Ref: --keep-newer-files94460
Ref: --keep-old-files94602
Ref: --label94733
Ref: --listed-incremental95021
Ref: --mode95385
Ref: --mtime95676
Ref: --multi-volume96117
Ref: --newer96318
Ref: --newer-mtime96596
Ref: --no-anchored96820
Ref: --no-delay-directory-restore96957
Ref: --no-ignore-case97210
Ref: --no-ignore-command-error97303
Ref: --no-overwrite-dir97458
Ref: --no-quote-chars97601
Ref: --no-recursion97782
Ref: --no-same-owner97887
Ref: --no-same-permissions98070
Ref: --no-unquote98272
Ref: --no-wildcards98410
Ref: --no-wildcards-match-slash98494
Ref: --null98596
Ref: --numeric-owner98824
Ref: --occurrence99475
Ref: --old-archive100042
Ref: --one-file-system100091
Ref: --overwrite100273
Ref: --overwrite-dir100415
Ref: --owner100560
Ref: --pax-option100939
Ref: --portability101238
Ref: --posix101303
Ref: --preserve101345
Ref: --preserve-order101483
Ref: --preserve-permissions101547
Ref: --same-permissions101547
Ref: --quote-chars101961
Ref: --quoting-style102114
Ref: --read-full-records102435
Ref: --record-size102600
Ref: --recursion102731
Ref: --recursive-unlink102834
Ref: --remove-files103001
Ref: --restrict103147
Ref: --rmt-command103335
Ref: --rsh-command103476
Ref: --same-order103598
Ref: --same-owner103890
Ref: --seek104267
Ref: --show-defaults104524
Ref: --show-omitted-dirs104892
Ref: --show-transformed-names105046
Ref: --show-stored-names105046
Ref: --sparse105435
Ref: --sparse-version105574
Ref: --starting-file105798
Ref: --strip-components105987
Ref: --suffix106299
Ref: --tape-length106434
Ref: --test-label106589
Ref: --to-command106741
Ref: --to-stdout106900
Ref: --totals107053
Ref: --touch107284
Ref: --transform107486
Ref: --unlink-first108078
Ref: --unquote108246
Ref: --use-compress-program108353
Ref: --utc108521
Ref: --verbose108614
Ref: --verify108866
Ref: --version108984
Ref: --volno-file109156
Ref: --wildcards109343
Ref: --wildcards-match-slash109463
Ref: Option Summary-Footnote-1109591
Ref: Option Summary-Footnote-2109809
Node: Short Option Summary109978
Node: help112149
Ref: help-Footnote-1115979
Node: defaults116189
Node: verbose117206
Ref: totals119507
Ref: Progress information121097
Ref: show-omitted-dirs121883
Ref: block-number122302
Node: interactive123293
Node: operations125372
Node: Basic tar125631
Ref: Basic tar-Footnote-1128735
Node: Advanced tar128879
Node: Operations129724
Node: append131694
Ref: append-Footnote-1134859
Node: appending files135025
Node: multiple136806
Node: update139496
Node: how to update140535
Node: concatenate142318
Ref: concatenate-Footnote-1145567
Node: delete145705
Node: compare147548
Node: create options149038
Node: override149496
Node: Ignore Failed Read152934
Node: extract options153154
Node: Reading154050
Node: read full records155613
Node: Ignore Zeros155949
Node: Writing156940
Node: Dealing with Old Files157497
Node: Overwrite Old Files159924
Node: Keep Old Files161381
Node: Keep Newer Files161891
Node: Unlink First162181
Node: Recursive Unlink162585
Node: Data Modification Times163138
Node: Setting Access Permissions163948
Node: Directory Modification Times and Permissions164580
Node: Writing to Standard Output168186
Node: Writing to an External Program169721
Node: remove files172434
Node: Scarce172627
Node: Starting File172875
Node: Same Order173695
Node: backup174531
Node: Applications177755
Node: looking ahead179268
Node: Backups180094
Node: Full Dumps181926
Node: Incremental Dumps183732
Ref: incremental-op190036
Ref: Incremental Dumps-Footnote-1190410
Ref: Incremental Dumps-Footnote-2190560
Node: Backup Levels191047
Node: Backup Parameters193434
Node: General-Purpose Variables194615
Ref: RSH197772
Node: Magnetic Tape Control199651
Node: User Hooks200988
Node: backup-specs example202316
Node: Scripted Backups203459
Ref: Scripted Backups-Footnote-1206321
Node: Scripted Restoration206705
Node: Choosing209313
Node: file210498
Ref: remote-dev213197
Ref: local and remote archives213589
Node: Selecting Archive Members214619
Ref: input name quoting215300
Node: files217286
Ref: files-Footnote-1220560
Node: nul220718
Node: exclude222015
Node: problems with exclude226040
Node: wildcards228085
Node: controlling pattern-matching230669
Ref: controlling pattern-matching-Footnote-1234659
Node: quoting styles234875
Node: transform241347
Ref: show-transformed-names243337
Node: after246801
Node: recurse250466
Node: one253235
Node: directory254731
Node: absolute257804
Ref: absolute-Footnote-1260994
Node: Date input formats261345
Node: General date syntax263661
Node: Calendar date items266612
Node: Time of day items268609
Node: Time zone items270725
Node: Day of week items271959
Node: Relative items in date strings272948
Node: Pure numbers in date strings275750
Node: Seconds since the Epoch276731
Node: Specifying time zone rules278352
Node: Authors of get_date280716
Node: Formats281468
Node: Compression286156
Node: gzip286448
Node: sparse292054
Node: Attributes295108
Node: Portability301079
Node: Portable Names302522
Node: dereference303227
Node: old304621
Node: ustar305806
Node: gnu306397
Node: posix307274
Node: PAX keywords307755
Node: Checksumming312083
Node: Large or Negative Values314007
Node: Other Tars315607
Node: Split Recovery316741
Node: Sparse Recovery320471
Ref: extracting sparse v.0.x324102
Ref: Sparse Recovery-Footnote-1327391
Ref: Sparse Recovery-Footnote-2327414
Node: cpio327535
Node: Media332291
Node: Device334221
Node: Remote Tape Server339289
Node: Common Problems and Solutions343019
Node: Blocking343411
Node: Format Variations349918
Node: Blocking Factor350830
Node: Many362484
Node: Tape Positioning366278
Node: mt368151
Node: Using Multiple Tapes369706
Node: Multi-Volume Archives371772
Ref: tape-length373257
Ref: change volume prompt373561
Ref: volno-file374431
Ref: info-script374983
Ref: Multi-Volume Archives-Footnote-1380088
Ref: Multi-Volume Archives-Footnote-2380198
Node: Tape Files380265
Node: Tarcat381749
Node: label382794
Ref: --test-label option384423
Ref: label-Footnote-1387468
Node: verify387703
Node: Write Protection391003
Node: Changes391833
Node: Configuring Help Summary395418
Node: Tar Internals401913
Node: Standard402248
Node: Extensions424449
Node: Sparse Formats427009
Node: Old GNU Format428299
Node: PAX 0430710
Node: PAX 1433837
Node: Snapshot Files435571
Node: Dumpdir437681
Node: Genfile440903
Node: Generate Mode441996
Node: Status Mode446293
Node: Exec Mode448092
Node: Free Software Needs Free Documentation450328
Node: Copying This Manual455299
Node: GNU Free Documentation License455581
Node: Index of Command Line Options477988
Node: Index500552

End Tag Table

7594
gnutar/doc/tar.info-1 Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4783
gnutar/doc/tar.info-2 Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

10958
gnutar/doc/tar.texi Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

26
gnutar/doc/texify.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
# your option) any later version.
#
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with GNU tar; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
1{s,/\*,@comment ,
b
}
2,/.*\*\//{s,\*/,,;s/^/@comment/
b
}
/\/* END \*\//,$d
s/\([{}]\)/@\1/g
s,/\*,&@r{,
s,\*/,}&,

7086
gnutar/doc/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
gnutar/doc/value.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
@c This is part of GNU tar manual.
@c Copyright (C) 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
@c 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c See file tar.texi for copying conditions.
@macro GNUTAR
@acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
@end macro
@macro xopindex{option,text}
@opindex \option\@r{, \text\}
@end macro
@macro opsummary{option}
@ifclear ANCHOR--\option\
@set ANCHOR--\option\ 1
@anchor{--\option\}
@end ifclear
@xopindex{\option\, summary}
@end macro

4
gnutar/doc/version.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
@set UPDATED 8 June 2007
@set UPDATED-MONTH June 2007
@set EDITION 1.17
@set VERSION 1.17

41
gnutar/lib/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
# Makefile for GNU tar library. -*- Makefile -*-
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004,
# 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
# 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
include gnulib.mk
rmt-command.h : Makefile
rm -f $@-t $@
echo "#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND" >> $@-t
echo "# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND \"$(DEFAULT_RMT_DIR)/`echo rmt | sed '$(transform)'`$(EXEEXT)\"" >> $@-t
echo "#endif" >> $@-t
mv $@-t $@
BUILT_SOURCES += rmt-command.h
CLEANFILES += rmt-command.h rmt-command.h-t
noinst_HEADERS += system.h system-ioctl.h rmt.h paxlib.h stdopen.h
libtar_a_SOURCES += \
paxerror.c paxexit.c paxlib.h paxnames.c \
prepargs.c prepargs.h \
rtapelib.c \
rmt.h \
stdopen.c stdopen.h \
system.h system-ioctl.h
libtar_a_LIBADD += $(LIBOBJS)
libtar_a_DEPENDENCIES += $(LIBOBJS)

1459
gnutar/lib/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

30
gnutar/lib/__fpending.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* __fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include "__fpending.h"
/* Return the number of pending (aka buffered, unflushed)
bytes on the stream, FP, that is open for writing. */
size_t
__fpending (FILE *fp)
{
return PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES;
}

34
gnutar/lib/__fpending.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Declare __fpending.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
# if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
# include <stdio_ext.h>
# endif
#else
size_t __fpending (FILE *);
#endif

489
gnutar/lib/alloca.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef emacs
# include "lisp.h"
# include "blockinput.h"
# ifdef EMACS_FREE
# undef free
# define free EMACS_FREE
# endif
#else
# define memory_full() abort ()
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
old and obscure compilers. */
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static void
find_stack_direction (void)
{
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
if (addr == NULL)
{ /* Initial entry. */
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
}
else
{
/* Second entry. */
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
else
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
}
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
find_stack_direction ();
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

54
gnutar/lib/alloca_.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2007 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

137
gnutar/lib/allocsa.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/* Safe automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "allocsa.h"
/* The speed critical point in this file is freesa() applied to an alloca()
result: it must be fast, to match the speed of alloca(). The speed of
mallocsa() and freesa() in the other case are not critical, because they
are only invoked for big memory sizes. */
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Store the mallocsa() results in a hash table. This is needed to reliably
distinguish a mallocsa() result and an alloca() result.
Although it is possible that the same pointer is returned by alloca() and
by mallocsa() at different times in the same application, it does not lead
to a bug in freesa(), because:
- Before a pointer returned by alloca() can point into malloc()ed memory,
the function must return, and once this has happened the programmer must
not call freesa() on it anyway.
- Before a pointer returned by mallocsa() can point into the stack, it
must be freed. The only function that can free it is freesa(), and
when freesa() frees it, it also removes it from the hash table. */
#define MAGIC_NUMBER 0x1415fb4a
#define MAGIC_SIZE sizeof (int)
/* This is how the header info would look like without any alignment
considerations. */
struct preliminary_header { void *next; char room[MAGIC_SIZE]; };
/* But the header's size must be a multiple of sa_alignment_max. */
#define HEADER_SIZE \
(((sizeof (struct preliminary_header) + sa_alignment_max - 1) / sa_alignment_max) * sa_alignment_max)
struct header { void *next; char room[HEADER_SIZE - sizeof (struct preliminary_header) + MAGIC_SIZE]; };
/* Verify that HEADER_SIZE == sizeof (struct header). */
typedef int verify1[2 * (HEADER_SIZE == sizeof (struct header)) - 1];
/* We make the hash table quite big, so that during lookups the probability
of empty hash buckets is quite high. There is no need to make the hash
table resizable, because when the hash table gets filled so much that the
lookup becomes slow, it means that the application has memory leaks. */
#define HASH_TABLE_SIZE 257
static void * mallocsa_results[HASH_TABLE_SIZE];
#endif
void *
mallocsa (size_t n)
{
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Allocate one more word, that serves as an indicator for malloc()ed
memory, so that freesa() of an alloca() result is fast. */
size_t nplus = n + HEADER_SIZE;
if (nplus >= n)
{
char *p = (char *) malloc (nplus);
if (p != NULL)
{
size_t slot;
p += HEADER_SIZE;
/* Put a magic number into the indicator word. */
((int *) p)[-1] = MAGIC_NUMBER;
/* Enter p into the hash table. */
slot = (unsigned long) p % HASH_TABLE_SIZE;
((struct header *) (p - HEADER_SIZE))->next = mallocsa_results[slot];
mallocsa_results[slot] = p;
return p;
}
}
/* Out of memory. */
return NULL;
#else
# if !MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
# endif
return malloc (n);
#endif
}
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
void
freesa (void *p)
{
/* mallocsa() may have returned NULL. */
if (p != NULL)
{
/* Attempt to quickly distinguish the mallocsa() result - which has
a magic indicator word - and the alloca() result - which has an
uninitialized indicator word. It is for this test that sa_increment
additional bytes are allocated in the alloca() case. */
if (((int *) p)[-1] == MAGIC_NUMBER)
{
/* Looks like a mallocsa() result. To see whether it really is one,
perform a lookup in the hash table. */
size_t slot = (unsigned long) p % HASH_TABLE_SIZE;
void **chain = &mallocsa_results[slot];
for (; *chain != NULL;)
{
if (*chain == p)
{
/* Found it. Remove it from the hash table and free it. */
char *p_begin = (char *) p - HEADER_SIZE;
*chain = ((struct header *) p_begin)->next;
free (p_begin);
return;
}
chain = &((struct header *) ((char *) *chain - HEADER_SIZE))->next;
}
}
/* At this point, we know it was not a mallocsa() result. */
}
}
#endif

124
gnutar/lib/allocsa.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/* Safe automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _ALLOCSA_H
#define _ALLOCSA_H
#include <alloca.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* safe_alloca(N) is equivalent to alloca(N) when it is safe to call
alloca(N); otherwise it returns NULL. It either returns N bytes of
memory allocated on the stack, that lasts until the function returns,
or NULL.
Use of safe_alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns.
*/
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely
allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes. Also care for the possibility
of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.
This must be a macro, not an inline function. */
# define safe_alloca(N) ((N) < 4032 ? alloca (N) : NULL)
#else
# define safe_alloca(N) ((void) (N), NULL)
#endif
/* allocsa(N) is a safe variant of alloca(N). It allocates N bytes of
memory allocated on the stack, that must be freed using freesa() before
the function returns. Upon failure, it returns NULL. */
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
# define allocsa(N) \
((N) < 4032 - sa_increment \
? (void *) ((char *) alloca ((N) + sa_increment) + sa_increment) \
: mallocsa (N))
#else
# define allocsa(N) \
mallocsa (N)
#endif
extern void * mallocsa (size_t n);
/* Free a block of memory allocated through allocsa(). */
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
extern void freesa (void *p);
#else
# define freesa free
#endif
/* Maybe we should also define a variant
nallocsa (size_t n, size_t s) - behaves like allocsa (n * s)
If this would be useful in your application. please speak up. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* ------------------- Auxiliary, non-public definitions ------------------- */
/* Determine the alignment of a type at compile time. */
#if defined __GNUC__
# define sa_alignof __alignof__
#elif defined __cplusplus
template <class type> struct sa_alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; };
# define sa_alignof(type) offsetof (sa_alignof_helper<type>, __slot2)
#elif defined __hpux
/* Work around a HP-UX 10.20 cc bug with enums constants defined as offsetof
values. */
# define sa_alignof(type) (sizeof (type) <= 4 ? 4 : 8)
#elif defined _AIX
/* Work around an AIX 3.2.5 xlc bug with enums constants defined as offsetof
values. */
# define sa_alignof(type) (sizeof (type) <= 4 ? 4 : 8)
#else
# define sa_alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2)
#endif
enum
{
/* The desired alignment of memory allocations is the maximum alignment
among all elementary types. */
sa_alignment_long = sa_alignof (long),
sa_alignment_double = sa_alignof (double),
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
sa_alignment_longlong = sa_alignof (long long),
#endif
sa_alignment_longdouble = sa_alignof (long double),
sa_alignment_max = ((sa_alignment_long - 1) | (sa_alignment_double - 1)
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
| (sa_alignment_longlong - 1)
#endif
| (sa_alignment_longdouble - 1)
) + 1,
/* The increment that guarantees room for a magic word must be >= sizeof (int)
and a multiple of sa_alignment_max. */
sa_increment = ((sizeof (int) + sa_alignment_max - 1) / sa_alignment_max) * sa_alignment_max
};
#endif /* _ALLOCSA_H */

7
gnutar/lib/allocsa.valgrind Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in freesa().
# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup.
{
freesa
Memcheck:Cond
fun:freesa
}

278
gnutar/lib/argmatch.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "argmatch.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include "error.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "quote.h"
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE. Do not use
literal_quoting_style. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
#endif
/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
# include "exitfail.h"
# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (exit_failure)
#endif
#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
#endif
static void
__argmatch_die (void)
{
ARGMATCH_DIE;
}
/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH. See description in argmatch.h.
Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
NULL-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
synonyms, i.e., for
"yes", "yop" -> 0
"no", "nope" -> 1
"y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'. */
ptrdiff_t
argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i; /* Temporary index in ARGLIST. */
size_t arglen; /* Length of ARG. */
ptrdiff_t matchind = -1; /* Index of first nonexact match. */
bool ambiguous = false; /* If true, multiple nonexact match(es). */
arglen = strlen (arg);
/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
{
if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
{
if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
/* Exact match found. */
return i;
else if (matchind == -1)
/* First nonexact match found. */
matchind = i;
else
{
/* Second nonexact match found. */
if (vallist == NULL
|| memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
/* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
disambiguate. */
ambiguous = true;
}
}
}
}
if (ambiguous)
return -2;
else
return matchind;
}
/* Error reporting for argmatch.
CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch. */
void
argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, ptrdiff_t problem)
{
char const *format = (problem == -1
? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
quote_n (1, context));
}
/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
void
argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i;
const char *last_val = NULL;
/* We try to put synonyms on the same line. The assumption is that
synonyms follow each other */
fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if ((i == 0)
|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
{
fprintf (stderr, "\n - `%s'", arglist[i]);
last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
}
else
{
fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
}
putc ('\n', stderr);
}
/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
"--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.). Upon failure,
calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
ptrdiff_t
__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
{
ptrdiff_t res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
if (res >= 0)
/* Success. */
return res;
/* We failed. Explain why. */
argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
(*exit_fn) ();
return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
}
/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
const char *
argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
const char *const *arglist,
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
return arglist[i];
return NULL;
}
#ifdef TEST
/*
* Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
*/
char *program_name;
/* When to make backup files. */
enum backup_type
{
/* Never make backups. */
no_backups,
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
simple_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
and simple backups of the others. */
numbered_existing_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
numbered_backups
};
/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
values */
static const char *const backup_args[] =
{
"no", "none", "off",
"simple", "never",
"existing", "nil",
"numbered", "t",
0
};
static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
{
no_backups, no_backups, no_backups,
simple_backups, simple_backups,
numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
numbered_backups, numbered_backups
};
int
main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
{
const char *cp;
enum backup_type backup_type = no_backups;
program_name = (char *) argv[0];
if (argc > 2)
{
fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
exit (1);
}
if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
backup_args, backup_vals);
if (argc == 2)
backup_type = XARGMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
backup_args, backup_vals);
printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
return 0;
}
#endif

103
gnutar/lib/argmatch.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
# include <stddef.h>
# include "verify.h"
# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
(argument list ends with a NULL guard). */
# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist) \
verify (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
matches with ARG. If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
to the same values in VALLIST). */
ptrdiff_t argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails. This function should not
return. By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
in turn defaults to `exit (exit_failure)'. */
typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed. Report correct values. */
void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value,
ptrdiff_t problem);
/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments. */
void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_valid (Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
ptrdiff_t __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize,
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn);
/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist, \
(char const *) (Vallist), \
sizeof *(Vallist), \
argmatch_die)])
/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
char const *argmatch_to_argument (char const *value,
char const *const *arglist,
char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist) \
argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist, \
(char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

25
gnutar/lib/argp-ba.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if
the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like `Report bugs to
ADDR.'. */
const char *argp_program_bug_address;

31
gnutar/lib/argp-eexst.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sysexits.h>
#include "argp.h"
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;

435
gnutar/lib/argp-fmtstream.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
Copyright (C) 1997-1999,2001,2002,2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#ifndef isblank
#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
#endif
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <wchar.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
#endif
#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
argp_fmtstream_t
__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
{
argp_fmtstream_t fs;
fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
if (fs != NULL)
{
fs->stream = stream;
fs->lmargin = lmargin;
fs->rmargin = rmargin;
fs->wmargin = wmargin;
fs->point_col = 0;
fs->point_offs = 0;
fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
if (! fs->buf)
{
free (fs);
fs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
}
}
return fs;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
#endif
#endif
/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
void
__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
if (fs->p > fs->buf)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
}
free (fs->buf);
free (fs);
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
#endif
#endif
/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */
void
__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
char *buf, *nl;
size_t len;
/* Scan the buffer for newlines. */
buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
while (buf < fs->p)
{
size_t r;
if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
{
/* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */
const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
{
/* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */
memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */
buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */
}
else
{
/* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
}
}
fs->point_col = pad;
}
len = fs->p - buf;
nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
if (fs->point_col < 0)
fs->point_col = 0;
if (!nl)
{
/* The buffer ends in a partial line. */
if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
{
/* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
within the maximum line width. Advance point for the
characters to be written and stop scanning. */
fs->point_col += len;
break;
}
else
/* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
the end of the buffer. */
nl = fs->p;
}
else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
{
/* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* This line is too long. */
r = fs->rmargin - 1;
if (fs->wmargin < 0)
{
/* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
newline and anything after it in the buffer. */
if (nl < fs->p)
{
memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
/* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
}
else
{
/* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
maximum line width. Advance point for the characters
written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */
fs->point_col += len;
fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line
width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
Then insert a line break. */
char *p, *nextline;
int i;
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
while (p >= buf && !isblank (*p))
--p;
nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */
if (nextline > buf)
{
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
if (p >= buf)
do
--p;
while (p >= buf && isblank (*p));
nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */
}
else
{
/* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
/* Find the end of the long word. */
if (p < nl)
do
++p;
while (p < nl && !isblank (*p));
if (p == nl)
{
/* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */
nl = p;
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
do
++p;
while (isblank (*p));
/* The next line will start here. */
nextline = p;
}
/* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */
if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
: nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
&& fs->p > nextline)
{
/* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */
if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
/* Make some space for them. */
{
size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
len = nextline + mv - buf;
*nl++ = '\n';
}
else
/* Output the first line so we can use the space. */
{
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n",
(int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
if (nl > fs->buf)
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
#endif
len += buf - fs->buf;
nl = buf = fs->buf;
}
}
else
/* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
the next word. */
*nl++ = '\n';
if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
|| (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
/* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
*nl++ = ' ';
else
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
/* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
position. */
if (nl < nextline)
memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
len -= nextline - buf;
/* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */
buf = nl;
/* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */
fs->p = nl + len;
/* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin
is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */
fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
}
}
/* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */
fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
}
/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */
int
__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
{
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
{
ssize_t wrote;
/* Flush FS's buffer. */
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
#else
wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->point_offs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p -= wrote;
fs->point_offs -= wrote;
memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
return 0;
}
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
/* Gotta grow the buffer. */
{
size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
char *new_buf;
if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
{
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
return 0;
}
fs->buf = new_buf;
fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
fs->p = fs->buf;
}
}
return 1;
}
ssize_t
__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
{
int out;
size_t avail;
size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
do
{
va_list args;
if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
return -1;
va_start (args, fmt);
avail = fs->end - fs->p;
out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
va_end (args);
if ((size_t) out >= avail)
size_guess = out + 1;
}
while ((size_t) out >= avail);
fs->p += out;
return out;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */

301
gnutar/lib/argp-fmtstream.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
Copyright (C) 1997, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
shouldn't be installed. */
#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#if (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
|| (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */
#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#endif
#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
*slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */
#include <linewrap.h>
typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
/* Guess we have to define our own version. */
struct argp_fmtstream
{
FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */
size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */
ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */
/* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */
size_t point_offs;
/* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */
ssize_t point_col;
char *buf; /* Output buffer. */
char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */
char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */
};
typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
/* Access macros for various bits of state. */
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
/* Internal routines. */
extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
/* Inline versions of above routines. */
#if !_LIBC
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
#define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
#endif
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len)
{
if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
{
memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
__fs->p += __len;
return __len;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str)
{
size_t __len = strlen (__str);
if (__len)
{
size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
{
if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
else
return EOF;
}
/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->lmargin;
__fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->rmargin;
__fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->wmargin;
__fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
{
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
}
#if !_LIBC
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */

43
gnutar/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#define ARGP_FS_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
#endif
#endif

1954
gnutar/lib/argp-help.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

158
gnutar/lib/argp-namefrob.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#if !_LIBC
/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those
names to be the normal ones instead. */
/* argp-parse functions */
#undef __argp_parse
#define __argp_parse argp_parse
#undef __option_is_end
#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
#undef __option_is_short
#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
#undef __argp_input
#define __argp_input _argp_input
/* argp-help functions */
#undef __argp_help
#define __argp_help argp_help
#undef __argp_error
#define __argp_error argp_error
#undef __argp_failure
#define __argp_failure argp_failure
#undef __argp_state_help
#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
#undef __argp_usage
#define __argp_usage argp_usage
/* argp-fmtstream functions */
#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
/* normal libc functions we call */
#undef __flockfile
#define __flockfile flockfile
#undef __funlockfile
#define __funlockfile funlockfile
#undef __mempcpy
#define __mempcpy mempcpy
#undef __sleep
#define __sleep sleep
#undef __strcasecmp
#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
#undef __strchrnul
#define __strchrnul strchrnul
#undef __strerror_r
#define __strerror_r strerror_r
#undef __strndup
#define __strndup strndup
#undef __vsnprintf
#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC */
#ifndef __set_errno
#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
#endif
#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME
# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg
#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME
extern char *__argp_base_name(const char *arg);
#else
# include "dirname.h"
# define __argp_base_name base_name
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name)
#else
extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
#endif

953
gnutar/lib/argp-parse.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt
Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <alloca.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <getopt_int.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# include "gettext.h"
#endif
#define N_(msgid) msgid
#include "argp.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#define alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char c; type x; }, x)
#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d))
/* Getopt return values. */
#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */
#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */
#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */
/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
as options. */
#define QUOTE "--"
/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */
#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
/* The number of bits available for the user value. */
#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */
#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
/* Default options. */
/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus
you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
it to 0 yourself. */
static volatile int _argp_hang;
#define OPT_PROGNAME -2
#define OPT_USAGE -3
#define OPT_HANG -4
static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
{
{"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1},
{"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0},
{"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0},
{"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case '?':
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
break;
case OPT_USAGE:
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
break;
case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
program_invocation_name = arg;
#endif
/* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
__PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */
/* Update what we use for messages. */
state->name = __argp_base_name (arg);
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
#endif
if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
== ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* Update what getopt uses too. */
state->argv[0] = arg;
break;
case OPT_HANG:
_argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
__sleep (1);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
{argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
{
{"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case 'V':
if (argp_program_version_hook)
(*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
else if (argp_program_version)
fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
else
__argp_error (state, dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
"(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
exit (0);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
{argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as
NAME will return the number of options. */
static int
find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
{
struct option *l = long_options;
while (l->name != NULL)
if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
return l - long_options;
else
l++;
if (name == NULL)
return l - long_options;
else
return -1;
}
/* The state of a `group' during parsing. Each group corresponds to a
particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
level argp passed to argp_parse. */
struct group
{
/* This group's parsing function. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* Which argp this group is from. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a
particular short options is from. */
char *short_end;
/* The number of non-option args sucessfully handled by this parser. */
unsigned args_processed;
/* This group's parser's parent's group. */
struct group *parent;
unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */
/* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
calling this group's parser. */
void *input, **child_inputs;
void *hook;
};
/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has
no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */
static error_t
group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
{
if (group->parser)
{
error_t err;
state->hook = group->hook;
state->input = group->input;
state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
group->hook = state->hook;
return err;
}
else
return EBADKEY;
}
struct parser
{
const struct argp *argp;
/* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
groups of options. */
char *short_opts;
/* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
all the groups of options. */
struct option *long_opts;
/* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */
struct _getopt_data opt_data;
/* States of the various parsing groups. */
struct group *groups;
/* The end of the GROUPS array. */
struct group *egroup;
/* An vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */
void **child_inputs;
/* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is
cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
moves the next argument pointer backwards. */
int try_getopt;
/* State block supplied to parsing routines. */
struct argp_state state;
/* Memory used by this parser. */
void *storage;
};
/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
convert_options. */
struct parser_convert_state
{
struct parser *parser;
char *short_end;
struct option *long_end;
void **child_inputs_end;
};
/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the
next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */
static struct group *
convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
{
/* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */
const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
if (real || argp->parser)
{
const struct argp_option *opt;
if (real)
for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
{
if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
/* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */
real = opt;
if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
/* A real option (not just documentation). */
{
if (__option_is_short (opt))
/* OPT can be used as a short option. */
{
*cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
if (real->arg)
{
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
}
*cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
}
if (opt->name
&& find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
/* OPT can be used as a long option. */
{
cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
cvt->long_end->has_arg =
(real->arg
? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
? optional_argument
: required_argument)
: no_argument);
cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
/* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
values (which is removed before we actually call
the function to parse the value); this means that
the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
however)... */
cvt->long_end->val =
((opt->key | real->key) & USER_MASK)
+ (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
/* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */
(++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
}
}
}
group->parser = argp->parser;
group->argp = argp;
group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
group->args_processed = 0;
group->parent = parent;
group->parent_index = parent_index;
group->input = 0;
group->hook = 0;
group->child_inputs = 0;
if (children)
/* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
{
unsigned num_children = 0;
while (children[num_children].argp)
num_children++;
group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
}
parent = group++;
}
else
parent = 0;
if (children)
{
unsigned index = 0;
while (children->argp)
group =
convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
}
return group;
}
/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropiately prefixed. */
static void
parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
{
struct parser_convert_state cvt;
cvt.parser = parser;
cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
*cvt.short_end++ = '-';
else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
*cvt.short_end++ = '+';
*cvt.short_end = '\0';
cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
parser->argp = argp;
if (argp)
parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
else
parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
}
/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */
struct parser_sizes
{
size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */
size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */
size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */
size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */
};
/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
long-options array, respectively. */
static void
calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs)
{
const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
if (opt || argp->parser)
{
szs->num_groups++;
if (opt)
{
int num_opts = 0;
while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
num_opts++;
szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 `:'s */
szs->long_len += num_opts;
}
}
if (child)
while (child->argp)
{
calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
szs->num_child_inputs++;
}
}
/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */
static error_t
parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
{
error_t err = 0;
struct group *group;
struct parser_sizes szs;
struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
char *storage;
size_t glen, gsum;
size_t clen, csum;
size_t llen, lsum;
size_t slen, ssum;
szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
szs.long_len = 0;
szs.num_groups = 0;
szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
if (argp)
calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
/* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */
glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group);
clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *);
llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option);
slen = szs.short_len + 1;
/* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to
align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as
void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need
to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as
strictly as char. */
gsum = glen;
csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option));
lsum = csum + llen;
ssum = lsum + slen;
parser->storage = malloc (ssum);
if (! parser->storage)
return ENOMEM;
storage = parser->storage;
parser->groups = parser->storage;
parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum);
parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum);
parser->short_opts = storage + lsum;
parser->opt_data = opt_data;
memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen);
parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
parser->state.argc = argc;
parser->state.argv = argv;
parser->state.flags = flags;
parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */
parser->state.pstate = parser;
parser->try_getopt = 1;
/* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
values to child parsers. */
if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
parser->groups->input = input;
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
group++)
{
if (group->parent)
/* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
if (!group->parser
&& group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
/* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */
group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
}
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
if (err)
return err;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
{
parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long
as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */
parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
}
else
parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */
if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
/* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */
parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
else
parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
return 0;
}
/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */
static error_t
parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
{
struct group *group;
if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
/* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */
err = 0;
if (! err)
{
if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
/* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again,
just a few more times... */
{
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group++)
if (group->args_processed == 0)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
/* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */
if (end_index)
*end_index = parser->state.next;
}
else if (end_index)
/* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */
*end_index = parser->state.next;
else
/* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
{
if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
&& parser->state.err_stream)
fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
"%s: Too many arguments\n"),
parser->state.name);
err = EBADKEY;
}
}
/* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
to indicate which one. */
if (err)
{
/* Maybe print an error message. */
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
been printed earlier. */
__argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
/* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
}
else
/* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */
{
/* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
the parent. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1
; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
; group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
}
/* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = EINVAL;
free (parser->storage);
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
consumed. */
static error_t
parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
{
/* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */
int index = --parser->state.next;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
struct group *group;
int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */
/* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */
for (group = parser->groups
; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
; group++)
{
parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
{
parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
}
}
if (! err)
{
if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
/* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
consumed. */
parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
if (parser->state.next > index)
/* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
the clock back. */
(--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
else
/* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */
parser->try_getopt = 1;
}
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
current position, returning any error. */
static error_t
parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
{
/* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
group_number + 1 for long opts. */
int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
if (group_key == 0)
/* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
determine which group OPT came from. */
{
struct group *group;
char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
if (short_index)
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->short_end > short_index)
{
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
break;
}
}
else
/* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
the user value in order to preserve the sign. */
err =
group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
(opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
with each option. */
{
static const char bad_key_err[] =
N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
if (group_key == 0)
__argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
else
{
struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
long_opt++;
__argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
}
}
return err;
}
/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
generally not fatal). */
static error_t
parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
{
int opt;
error_t err = 0;
if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
/* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
region, so pretend we never saw the quoting `--', and give getopt
another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
process it again. */
parser->state.quoted = 0;
if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
/* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */
{
/* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */
parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
/* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */
parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
else
opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
/* And see what getopt did. */
parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
if (opt == KEY_END)
/* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */
{
parser->try_getopt = 0;
if (parser->state.next > 1
&& strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
== 0)
/* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
`quoted' region, which may have args that *look* like
options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
here, whatever happens. */
parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
}
else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
/* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 0;
return EBADKEY;
}
}
else
opt = KEY_END;
if (opt == KEY_END)
{
/* We're past what getopt considers the options. */
if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
|| (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
/* Indicate that we're done. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 1;
return EBADKEY;
}
else
/* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */
{
opt = KEY_ARG;
parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
}
}
if (opt == KEY_ARG)
/* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */
err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
else
err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
*arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
return err;
}
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */
error_t
__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
int *end_index, void *input)
{
error_t err;
struct parser parser;
/* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */
int arg_ebadkey = 0;
#ifndef _LIBC
if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0))
{
#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
if (!program_invocation_name)
program_invocation_name = argv[0];
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
if (!program_invocation_short_name)
program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
#endif
}
#endif
if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
/* Add our own options. */
{
struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
/* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
argps. */
memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
top_argp->children = child;
memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
if (argp)
(child++)->argp = argp;
(child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
(child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
child->argp = 0;
argp = top_argp;
}
/* Construct a parser for these arguments. */
err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
if (! err)
/* Parse! */
{
while (! err)
err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
}
return err;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
void *
__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
{
if (state)
{
struct group *group;
struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->argp == argp)
return group->input;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
#endif

28
gnutar/lib/argp-pin.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
/* Full and short program names for argp module
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
char *program_invocation_short_name = 0;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
char *program_invocation_name = 0;
#endif

24
gnutar/lib/argp-pv.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
const char *argp_program_version;

31
gnutar/lib/argp-pvh.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "argp.h"
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;

43
gnutar/lib/argp-xinl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1
#endif
#define ARGP_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp.h"
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
#endif

622
gnutar/lib/argp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,622 @@
/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999,2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _ARGP_H
#define _ARGP_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <limits.h>
#define __need_error_t
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef __THROW
# define __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __NTH
# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */
#ifndef __restrict
# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __error_t_defined
typedef int error_t;
# define __error_t_defined
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of
these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option
entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
struct argp_option
{
/* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you
can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
const char *name;
/* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's
also accepted as a short option. */
int key;
/* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
const char *arg;
/* OPTION_ flags. */
int flags;
/* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a `:'.
Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect
it into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted
alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with
if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic
options such as --help are put into group -1. */
int group;
};
/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */
#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1
/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */
#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2
/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This
means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */
#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4
/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag
is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no `--'
prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not `-', this
entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
`-') in the same group. */
#define OPTION_DOC 0x8
/* This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still
included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are
completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance,
if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the `-x' option's purpose is to
distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
OPTION_NO_USAGE. */
#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10
/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
of option name. */
#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20
struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */
struct argp_state; /* " */
struct argp_child; /* " */
/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */
typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
struct argp_state *state);
/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned
into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */
#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */
/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
uppercased word should be prefixed by `ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all
or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed
or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
with an error message if not).
If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */
/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a
parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the
argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
processed again. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0
/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but
STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
consumed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006
/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */
#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001
/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before
ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
arguments can take place). */
#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002
/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each
element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */
#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003
/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */
#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007
/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
still arguments remaining). */
#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004
/* Passed in if an error occurs. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005
/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually
parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */
struct argp
{
/* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */
const struct argp_option *options;
/* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key
associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It
is only used by argp_usage to print the `Usage:' message. If it
contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
the first are prefix by ` or: ' instead of `Usage:'). */
const char *args_doc;
/* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
`\v' character).
Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if
you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any
conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
own. */
const struct argp_child *children;
/* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function
should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
meaning `print nothing'. The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input
supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */
char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input);
/* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed
default domain is used. */
const char *argp_domain;
};
/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceeding options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
TEXT is NULL for this key. */
/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
suppressed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */
/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */
struct argp_child
{
/* The child parser. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Flags for this child. */
int flags;
/* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
printing a header string, use a value of "". */
const char *header;
/* Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated')
options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
(merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */
int group;
};
/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */
struct argp_state
{
/* The top level ARGP being parsed. */
const struct argp *root_argp;
/* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */
int argc;
char **argv;
/* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */
int next;
/* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */
unsigned flags;
/* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such
arguments that have been processed. */
unsigned arg_num;
/* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
`--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
int quoted;
/* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */
void *input;
/* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as
the number of children for the current parser. */
void **child_inputs;
/* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */
void *hook;
/* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0],
or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */
char *name;
/* Streams used when argp prints something. */
FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */
void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */
};
/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
convenient for program command line parsing): */
/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless
ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
in a command line. */
#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01
/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */
#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02
/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by
calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all
args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set,
as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
be handled. */
#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04
/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08
/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10
/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */
#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20
/* Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments. */
#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40
/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */
#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */
extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
/* Global variables. */
/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and
program_invocation_short_name are available */
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
#endif
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
#endif
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
extern const char *argp_program_version;
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
struct argp_state *__restrict
__state);
/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by
argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
`Report bugs to ADDR.'. */
extern const char *argp_program_bug_address;
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
/* Flags for argp_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a `Try ... for more help' message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */
/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
error message has already been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
(ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
more specific error message has been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
| ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set
ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
char *__name);
/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
them *not* to exit, and should return an appropiate error after calling
them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
but they're used often enough that they should be short] */
/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are
from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */
extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
message, then exit (1). */
extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is
shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The
difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
*parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */
extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */
extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
options array. */
extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# if !_LIBC
# define __argp_usage argp_usage
# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
# define __option_is_short _option_is_short
# define __option_is_end _option_is_end
# endif
# ifndef ARGP_EI
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
# endif
ARGP_EI void
__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state)
{
__argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
return 0;
else
{
int __key = __opt->key;
return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key);
}
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
}
# if !_LIBC
# undef __argp_usage
# undef __argp_state_help
# undef __option_is_short
# undef __option_is_end
# endif
#endif /* Use extern inlines. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* argp.h */

35
gnutar/lib/asnprintf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

86
gnutar/lib/at-func.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* Define an at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc.
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#define CALL_FUNC(F) \
(AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND \
? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS) \
: AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 or AT_FUNC_F2 (testing AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND to
determine which) to operate on FILE, which is in the directory
open on descriptor FD. If possible, do it without changing the
working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. */
int
AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS)
{
struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
int saved_errno;
int err;
if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
return CALL_FUNC (file);
{
char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, file);
if (proc_file)
{
int proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file);
int proc_errno = errno;
if (proc_file != buf)
free (proc_file);
/* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through
and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */
if (0 <= proc_result)
return proc_result;
if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
{
errno = proc_errno;
return proc_result;
}
}
}
if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_save_fail (errno);
if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
err = CALL_FUNC (file);
saved_errno = (err < 0 ? errno : 0);
if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_restore_fail (errno);
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
if (saved_errno)
errno = saved_errno;
return err;
}
#undef CALL_FUNC

364
gnutar/lib/backupfile.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
/* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and David MacKenzie.
Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs. */
#include <config.h>
#include "backupfile.h"
#include "argmatch.h"
#include "dirname.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN
# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(dp) strlen ((dp)->d_name)
#endif
#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) ((dp)->d_ino != 0)
#else
# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
#endif
#if ! (HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX)
# define pathconf(file, option) (errno = -1)
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#if defined _XOPEN_NAME_MAX
# define NAME_MAX_MINIMUM _XOPEN_NAME_MAX
#else
# define NAME_MAX_MINIMUM _POSIX_NAME_MAX
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
#endif
/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
- Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
or EOF.
- It's typically faster.
POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits. Prefer ISDIGIT to
ISDIGIT unless it's important to use the locale's definition
of `digit' even when the host does not conform to POSIX. */
#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
/* The results of opendir() in this file are not used with dirfd and fchdir,
therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c. */
#undef opendir
#undef closedir
/* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
to numbered) backup file name. */
char const *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
/* If FILE (which was of length FILELEN before an extension was
appended to it) is too long, replace the extension with the single
char E. If the result is still too long, remove the char just
before E. */
static void
check_extension (char *file, size_t filelen, char e)
{
char *base = last_component (file);
size_t baselen = base_len (base);
size_t baselen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : NAME_MAX_MINIMUM;
if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES || NAME_MAX_MINIMUM < baselen)
{
/* The new base name is long enough to require a pathconf check. */
long name_max;
/* Temporarily modify the buffer into its parent directory name,
invoke pathconf on the directory, and then restore the buffer. */
char tmp[sizeof "."];
memcpy (tmp, base, sizeof ".");
strcpy (base, ".");
errno = 0;
name_max = pathconf (file, _PC_NAME_MAX);
if (0 <= name_max || errno == 0)
{
long size = baselen_max = name_max;
if (name_max != size)
baselen_max = SIZE_MAX;
}
memcpy (base, tmp, sizeof ".");
}
if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && baselen_max <= 12)
{
/* Live within DOS's 8.3 limit. */
char *dot = strchr (base, '.');
if (!dot)
baselen_max = 8;
else
{
char const *second_dot = strchr (dot + 1, '.');
baselen_max = (second_dot
? second_dot - base
: dot + 1 - base + 3);
}
}
if (baselen_max < baselen)
{
baselen = file + filelen - base;
if (baselen_max <= baselen)
baselen = baselen_max - 1;
base[baselen] = e;
base[baselen + 1] = '\0';
}
}
/* Returned values for NUMBERED_BACKUP. */
enum numbered_backup_result
{
/* The new backup name is the same length as an existing backup
name, so it's valid for that directory. */
BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH,
/* Some backup names already exist, but the returned name is longer
than any of them, and its length should be checked. */
BACKUP_IS_LONGER,
/* There are no existing backup names. The new name's length
should be checked. */
BACKUP_IS_NEW
};
/* *BUFFER contains a file name. Store into *BUFFER the next backup
name for the named file, with a version number greater than all the
existing numbered backups. Reallocate *BUFFER as necessary; its
initial allocated size is BUFFER_SIZE, which must be at least 4
bytes longer than the file name to make room for the initially
appended ".~1". FILELEN is the length of the original file name.
The returned value indicates what kind of backup was found. If an
I/O or other read error occurs, use the highest backup number that
was found. */
static enum numbered_backup_result
numbered_backup (char **buffer, size_t buffer_size, size_t filelen)
{
enum numbered_backup_result result = BACKUP_IS_NEW;
DIR *dirp;
struct dirent *dp;
char *buf = *buffer;
size_t versionlenmax = 1;
char *base = last_component (buf);
size_t base_offset = base - buf;
size_t baselen = base_len (base);
/* Temporarily modify the buffer into its parent directory name,
open the directory, and then restore the buffer. */
char tmp[sizeof "."];
memcpy (tmp, base, sizeof ".");
strcpy (base, ".");
dirp = opendir (buf);
memcpy (base, tmp, sizeof ".");
strcpy (base + baselen, ".~1~");
if (!dirp)
return result;
while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
{
char const *p;
char *q;
bool all_9s;
size_t versionlen;
size_t new_buflen;
if (! REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || _D_EXACT_NAMLEN (dp) < baselen + 4)
continue;
if (memcmp (buf + base_offset, dp->d_name, baselen + 2) != 0)
continue;
p = dp->d_name + baselen + 2;
/* Check whether this file has a version number and if so,
whether it is larger. Use string operations rather than
integer arithmetic, to avoid problems with integer overflow. */
if (! ('1' <= *p && *p <= '9'))
continue;
all_9s = (*p == '9');
for (versionlen = 1; ISDIGIT (p[versionlen]); versionlen++)
all_9s &= (p[versionlen] == '9');
if (! (p[versionlen] == '~' && !p[versionlen + 1]
&& (versionlenmax < versionlen
|| (versionlenmax == versionlen
&& memcmp (buf + filelen + 2, p, versionlen) <= 0))))
continue;
/* This directory has the largest version number seen so far.
Append this highest numbered extension to the file name,
prepending '0' to the number if it is all 9s. */
versionlenmax = all_9s + versionlen;
result = (all_9s ? BACKUP_IS_LONGER : BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH);
new_buflen = filelen + 2 + versionlenmax + 1;
if (buffer_size <= new_buflen)
{
buf = xnrealloc (buf, 2, new_buflen);
buffer_size = new_buflen * 2;
}
q = buf + filelen;
*q++ = '.';
*q++ = '~';
*q = '0';
q += all_9s;
memcpy (q, p, versionlen + 2);
/* Add 1 to the version number. */
q += versionlen;
while (*--q == '9')
*q = '0';
++*q;
}
closedir (dirp);
*buffer = buf;
return result;
}
/* Return the name of the new backup file for the existing file FILE,
allocated with malloc. Report an error and fail if out of memory.
Do not call this function if backup_type == no_backups. */
char *
find_backup_file_name (char const *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
{
size_t filelen = strlen (file);
char *s;
size_t ssize;
bool simple = true;
/* Allow room for simple or ".~N~" backups. The guess must be at
least sizeof ".~1~", but otherwise will be adjusted as needed. */
size_t simple_backup_suffix_size = strlen (simple_backup_suffix) + 1;
size_t backup_suffix_size_guess = simple_backup_suffix_size;
enum { GUESS = sizeof ".~12345~" };
if (backup_suffix_size_guess < GUESS)
backup_suffix_size_guess = GUESS;
ssize = filelen + backup_suffix_size_guess + 1;
s = xmalloc (ssize);
memcpy (s, file, filelen + 1);
if (backup_type != simple_backups)
switch (numbered_backup (&s, ssize, filelen))
{
case BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH:
return s;
case BACKUP_IS_LONGER:
simple = false;
break;
case BACKUP_IS_NEW:
simple = (backup_type == numbered_existing_backups);
break;
}
if (simple)
memcpy (s + filelen, simple_backup_suffix, simple_backup_suffix_size);
check_extension (s, filelen, '~');
return s;
}
static char const * const backup_args[] =
{
/* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaningful first, so
that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
"none", "off",
"simple", "never",
"existing", "nil",
"numbered", "t",
NULL
};
static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
{
no_backups, no_backups,
simple_backups, simple_backups,
numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
numbered_backups, numbered_backups
};
/* Ensure that these two vectors have the same number of elements,
not counting the final NULL in the first one. */
ARGMATCH_VERIFY (backup_args, backup_types);
/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing_backups.
If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
for the specified CONTEXT. Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted. */
enum backup_type
get_version (char const *context, char const *version)
{
if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
return numbered_existing_backups;
else
return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
}
/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted. */
enum backup_type
xget_version (char const *context, char const *version)
{
if (version && *version)
return get_version (context, version);
else
return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
}

61
gnutar/lib/backupfile.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
# define BACKUPFILE_H_
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
/* When to make backup files. */
enum backup_type
{
/* Never make backups. */
no_backups,
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
simple_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
and simple backups of the others. */
numbered_existing_backups,
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
numbered_backups
};
# define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type) \
((unsigned int) (Type) <= numbered_backups)
extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
char *find_backup_file_name (char const *, enum backup_type);
enum backup_type get_version (char const *context, char const *arg);
enum backup_type xget_version (char const *context, char const *arg);
void addext (char *, char const *, int);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */

129
gnutar/lib/basename.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
#include "xstrndup.h"
/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string. */
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool saw_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
saw_slash = true;
else if (saw_slash)
{
base = p;
saw_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
Return the last file name component of NAME, allocated with
xmalloc. On systems with drive letters, a leading "./"
distinguishes relative names that would otherwise look like a drive
letter. Unlike POSIX basename(), NAME cannot be NULL,
base_name("") returns "", and the first trailing slash is not
stripped.
If lstat (NAME) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (NAME));
lstat (base_name (NAME)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (NAME));
rename (base_name (NAME), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed NAME
to "foo" in the same directory NAME was in. */
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = last_component (name);
size_t length;
/* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the
empty string. */
if (! *base)
return xstrndup (name, base_len (name));
/* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one. */
length = base_len (base);
if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
length++;
/* On systems with drive letters, `a/b:c' must return `./b:c' rather
than `b:c' to avoid confusion with a drive letter. On systems
with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue. */
if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
{
char *p = xmalloc (length + 3);
p[0] = '.';
p[1] = '/';
memcpy (p + 2, base, length);
p[length + 2] = '\0';
return p;
}
/* Finally, copy the basename. */
return xstrndup (base, length);
}
/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
(NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

353
gnutar/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Avoid a clash of our rpl_realpath() function with the prototype in
<stdlib.h> on Solaris 2.5.1. */
#undef realpath
#if !HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME || defined _LIBC
#include <alloca.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "canonicalize.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
# include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifndef MAXSYMLINKS
# define MAXSYMLINKS 20
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef _LIBC
# define __set_errno(e) errno = (e)
# ifndef ENAMETOOLONG
# define ENAMETOOLONG EINVAL
# endif
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <shlib-compat.h>
#else
# define SHLIB_COMPAT(lib, introduced, obsoleted) 0
# define versioned_symbol(lib, local, symbol, version)
# define compat_symbol(lib, local, symbol, version)
# define weak_alias(local, symbol)
# define __canonicalize_file_name canonicalize_file_name
# define __realpath rpl_realpath
# include "pathmax.h"
# include "allocsa.h"
# if HAVE_GETCWD
# ifdef VMS
/* We want the directory in Unix syntax, not in VMS syntax. */
# define __getcwd(buf, max) getcwd (buf, max, 0)
# else
# define __getcwd getcwd
# endif
# else
# define __getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
# endif
# define __readlink readlink
/* On systems without symbolic links, call stat() instead of lstat(). */
# if !defined S_ISNLK && !HAVE_READLINK
# define lstat stat
# endif
#endif
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name
does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path
separators ('/') or symlinks. All path components must exist. If
RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the
canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with `errno'
set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars,
returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved and
RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component
that cannot be resolved. If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED
holds the same value as the value returned. */
char *
__realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
{
char *rpath, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL;
const char *start, *end, *rpath_limit;
long int path_max;
#if HAVE_READLINK
int num_links = 0;
#endif
if (name == NULL)
{
/* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
either parameter is a null pointer. We extend this to allow
the RESOLVED parameter to be NULL in case the we are expected to
allocate the room for the return value. */
__set_errno (EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
if (name[0] == '\0')
{
/* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
the name argument points to an empty string. */
__set_errno (ENOENT);
return NULL;
}
#ifdef PATH_MAX
path_max = PATH_MAX;
#else
path_max = pathconf (name, _PC_PATH_MAX);
if (path_max <= 0)
path_max = 1024;
#endif
if (resolved == NULL)
{
rpath = malloc (path_max);
if (rpath == NULL)
return NULL;
}
else
rpath = resolved;
rpath_limit = rpath + path_max;
if (name[0] != '/')
{
if (!__getcwd (rpath, path_max))
{
rpath[0] = '\0';
goto error;
}
dest = strchr (rpath, '\0');
}
else
{
rpath[0] = '/';
dest = rpath + 1;
}
for (start = end = name; *start; start = end)
{
#ifdef _LIBC
struct stat64 st;
#else
struct stat st;
#endif
/* Skip sequence of multiple path-separators. */
while (*start == '/')
++start;
/* Find end of path component. */
for (end = start; *end && *end != '/'; ++end)
/* Nothing. */;
if (end - start == 0)
break;
else if (end - start == 1 && start[0] == '.')
/* nothing */;
else if (end - start == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.')
{
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already. */
if (dest > rpath + 1)
while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
}
else
{
size_t new_size;
if (dest[-1] != '/')
*dest++ = '/';
if (dest + (end - start) >= rpath_limit)
{
ptrdiff_t dest_offset = dest - rpath;
char *new_rpath;
if (resolved)
{
__set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
if (dest > rpath + 1)
dest--;
*dest = '\0';
goto error;
}
new_size = rpath_limit - rpath;
if (end - start + 1 > path_max)
new_size += end - start + 1;
else
new_size += path_max;
new_rpath = (char *) realloc (rpath, new_size);
if (new_rpath == NULL)
goto error;
rpath = new_rpath;
rpath_limit = rpath + new_size;
dest = rpath + dest_offset;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
dest = __mempcpy (dest, start, end - start);
#else
memcpy (dest, start, end - start);
dest += end - start;
#endif
*dest = '\0';
#ifdef _LIBC
if (__lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, rpath, &st) < 0)
#else
if (lstat (rpath, &st) < 0)
#endif
goto error;
#if HAVE_READLINK
if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
{
char *buf;
size_t len;
int n;
if (++num_links > MAXSYMLINKS)
{
__set_errno (ELOOP);
goto error;
}
buf = allocsa (path_max);
if (!buf)
{
errno = ENOMEM;
goto error;
}
n = __readlink (rpath, buf, path_max);
if (n < 0)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
freesa (buf);
errno = saved_errno;
goto error;
}
buf[n] = '\0';
if (!extra_buf)
{
extra_buf = allocsa (path_max);
if (!extra_buf)
{
freesa (buf);
errno = ENOMEM;
goto error;
}
}
len = strlen (end);
if ((long int) (n + len) >= path_max)
{
freesa (buf);
__set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
goto error;
}
/* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1);
name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n);
if (buf[0] == '/')
dest = rpath + 1; /* It's an absolute symlink */
else
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */
if (dest > rpath + 1)
while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
}
#endif
}
}
if (dest > rpath + 1 && dest[-1] == '/')
--dest;
*dest = '\0';
if (extra_buf)
freesa (extra_buf);
return resolved ? memcpy (resolved, rpath, dest - rpath + 1) : rpath;
error:
{
int saved_errno = errno;
if (extra_buf)
freesa (extra_buf);
if (resolved)
strcpy (resolved, rpath);
else
free (rpath);
errno = saved_errno;
}
return NULL;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
versioned_symbol (libc, __realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_3);
#endif
#if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
char *
__old_realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
{
if (resolved == NULL)
{
__set_errno (EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return __realpath (name, resolved);
}
compat_symbol (libc, __old_realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_0);
#endif
char *
__canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
{
return __realpath (name, NULL);
}
weak_alias (__canonicalize_file_name, canonicalize_file_name)
#else
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
this file is never empty. */
typedef int dummy;
#endif

54
gnutar/lib/canonicalize.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
Copyright (C) 1996-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef CANONICALIZE_H_
# define CANONICALIZE_H_
# if GNULIB_CANONICALIZE
enum canonicalize_mode_t
{
/* All components must exist. */
CAN_EXISTING = 0,
/* All components excluding last one must exist. */
CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST = 1,
/* No requirements on components existence. */
CAN_MISSING = 2
};
typedef enum canonicalize_mode_t canonicalize_mode_t;
/* Return a malloc'd string containing the canonical absolute name of
the named file. This acts like canonicalize_file_name, except that
whether components must exist depends on the canonicalize_mode_t
argument. */
char *canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *, canonicalize_mode_t);
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
# include <stdlib.h>
# else
/* Return a malloc'd string containing the canonical absolute name of
the named file. If any file name component does not exist or is a
symlink to a nonexistent file, return NULL. A canonical name does
not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or symlinks. */
char *canonicalize_file_name (const char *);
# endif
#endif /* !CANONICALIZE_H_ */

265
gnutar/lib/chdir-long.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
#include "chdir-long.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "openat.h"
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# error "compile this file only if your system defines PATH_MAX"
#endif
struct cd_buf
{
int fd;
};
static inline void
cdb_init (struct cd_buf *cdb)
{
cdb->fd = AT_FDCWD;
}
static inline int
cdb_fchdir (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
return fchdir (cdb->fd);
}
static inline void
cdb_free (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
if (0 <= cdb->fd)
{
bool close_fail = close (cdb->fd);
assert (! close_fail);
}
}
/* Given a file descriptor of an open directory (or AT_FDCWD), CDB->fd,
try to open the CDB->fd-relative directory, DIR. If the open succeeds,
update CDB->fd with the resulting descriptor, close the incoming file
descriptor, and return zero. Upon failure, return -1 and set errno. */
static int
cdb_advance_fd (struct cd_buf *cdb, char const *dir)
{
int new_fd = openat (cdb->fd, dir,
O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK);
if (new_fd < 0)
return -1;
cdb_free (cdb);
cdb->fd = new_fd;
return 0;
}
/* Return a pointer to the first non-slash in S. */
static inline char *
find_non_slash (char const *s)
{
size_t n_slash = strspn (s, "/");
return (char *) s + n_slash;
}
/* This is a function much like chdir, but without the PATH_MAX limitation
on the length of the directory name. A significant difference is that
it must be able to modify (albeit only temporarily) the directory
name. It handles an arbitrarily long directory name by operating
on manageable portions of the name. On systems without the openat
syscall, this means changing the working directory to more and more
`distant' points along the long directory name and then restoring
the working directory. If any of those attempts to save or restore
the working directory fails, this function exits nonzero.
Note that this function may still fail with errno == ENAMETOOLONG, but
only if the specified directory name contains a component that is long
enough to provoke such a failure all by itself (e.g. if the component
has length PATH_MAX or greater on systems that define PATH_MAX). */
int
chdir_long (char *dir)
{
int e = chdir (dir);
if (e == 0 || errno != ENAMETOOLONG)
return e;
{
size_t len = strlen (dir);
char *dir_end = dir + len;
struct cd_buf cdb;
size_t n_leading_slash;
cdb_init (&cdb);
/* If DIR is the empty string, then the chdir above
must have failed and set errno to ENOENT. */
assert (0 < len);
assert (PATH_MAX <= len);
/* Count leading slashes. */
n_leading_slash = strspn (dir, "/");
/* Handle any leading slashes as well as any name that matches
the regular expression, m!^//hostname[/]*! . Handling this
prefix separately usually results in a single additional
cdb_advance_fd call, but it's worthwhile, since it makes the
code in the following loop cleaner. */
if (n_leading_slash == 2)
{
int err;
/* Find next slash.
We already know that dir[2] is neither a slash nor '\0'. */
char *slash = memchr (dir + 3, '/', dir_end - (dir + 3));
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
else if (n_leading_slash)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, "/") != 0)
goto Fail;
dir += n_leading_slash;
}
assert (*dir != '/');
assert (dir <= dir_end);
while (PATH_MAX <= dir_end - dir)
{
int err;
/* Find a slash that is PATH_MAX or fewer bytes away from dir.
I.e. see if there is a slash that will give us a name of
length PATH_MAX-1 or less. */
char *slash = memrchr (dir, '/', PATH_MAX);
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
assert (slash - dir < PATH_MAX);
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
if (dir < dir_end)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir) != 0)
goto Fail;
}
if (cdb_fchdir (&cdb) != 0)
goto Fail;
cdb_free (&cdb);
return 0;
Fail:
{
int saved_errno = errno;
cdb_free (&cdb);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
}
}
#if TEST_CHDIR
# include <stdio.h>
# include "closeout.h"
# include "error.h"
char *program_name;
int
main (int argc, char *argv[])
{
char *line = NULL;
size_t n = 0;
int len;
program_name = argv[0];
atexit (close_stdout);
len = getline (&line, &n, stdin);
if (len < 0)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
if (feof (stdin))
exit (0);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, saved_errno,
"reading standard input");
}
else if (len == 0)
exit (0);
if (line[len-1] == '\n')
line[len-1] = '\0';
if (chdir_long (line) != 0)
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno,
"chdir_long failed: %s", line);
if (argc <= 1)
{
/* Using `pwd' here makes sense only if it is a robust implementation,
like the one in coreutils after the 2004-04-19 changes. */
char const *cmd = "pwd";
execlp (cmd, (char *) NULL);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "%s", cmd);
}
fclose (stdin);
fclose (stderr);
exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
}
#endif
/*
Local Variables:
compile-command: "gcc -DTEST_CHDIR=1 -g -O -W -Wall chdir-long.c libcoreutils.a"
End:
*/

35
gnutar/lib/chdir-long.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# ifdef MAXPATHLEN
# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
# endif
#endif
/* On systems without PATH_MAX, presume that chdir accepts
arbitrarily long directory names. */
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# define chdir_long(Dir) chdir (Dir)
#else
int chdir_long (char *dir);
#endif

104
gnutar/lib/chown.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/* provide consistent interface to chown for systems that don't interpret
an ID of -1 as meaning `don't change the corresponding ID'.
Copyright (C) 1997, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Below we refer to the system's chown(). */
#undef chown
/* The results of open() in this file are not used with fchdir,
therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c. */
#undef open
#undef close
/* Provide a more-closely POSIX-conforming version of chown on
systems with one or both of the following problems:
- chown doesn't treat an ID of -1 as meaning
`don't change the corresponding ID'.
- chown doesn't dereference symlinks. */
int
rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
{
#if CHOWN_FAILS_TO_HONOR_ID_OF_NEGATIVE_ONE
if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
{
struct stat file_stats;
/* Stat file to get id(s) that should remain unchanged. */
if (stat (file, &file_stats))
return -1;
if (gid == (gid_t) -1)
gid = file_stats.st_gid;
if (uid == (uid_t) -1)
uid = file_stats.st_uid;
}
#endif
#if CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
{
/* Handle the case in which the system-supplied chown function
does *not* follow symlinks. Instead, it changes permissions
on the symlink itself. To work around that, we open the
file (but this can fail due to lack of read or write permission) and
use fchown on the resulting descriptor. */
int open_flags = O_NONBLOCK | O_NOCTTY;
int fd = open (file, O_RDONLY | open_flags);
if (0 <= fd
|| (errno == EACCES
&& 0 <= (fd = open (file, O_WRONLY | open_flags))))
{
int result = fchown (fd, uid, gid);
int saved_errno = errno;
/* POSIX says fchown can fail with errno == EINVAL on sockets,
so fall back on chown in that case. */
struct stat sb;
bool fchown_socket_failure =
(result != 0 && saved_errno == EINVAL
&& fstat (fd, &sb) == 0 && S_ISFIFO (sb.st_mode));
close (fd);
if (! fchown_socket_failure)
{
errno = saved_errno;
return result;
}
}
else if (errno != EACCES)
return -1;
}
#endif
return chown (file, uid, gid);
}

76
gnutar/lib/close-stream.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "close-stream.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "__fpending.h"
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
/* Close STREAM. Return 0 if successful, EOF (setting errno)
otherwise. A failure might set errno to 0 if the error number
cannot be determined.
If a program writes *anything* to STREAM, that program should close
STREAM and make sure that it succeeds before exiting. Otherwise,
suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
of every function that does an explicit write to STREAM. The last
printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
the fclose(STREAM) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
when it tries to write out that buffered data. Thus, you would be
left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
exit successfully. Even calling fflush is not always sufficient,
since some file systems (NFS and CODA) buffer written/flushed data
until an actual close call.
Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
that writes to STREAM -- just let the internal stream state record
the failure. That's what the ferror test is checking below. */
int
close_stream (FILE *stream)
{
bool some_pending = (__fpending (stream) != 0);
bool prev_fail = (ferror (stream) != 0);
bool fclose_fail = (fclose (stream) != 0);
/* Return an error indication if there was a previous failure or if
fclose failed, with one exception: ignore an fclose failure if
there was no previous error, no data remains to be flushed, and
fclose failed with EBADF. That can happen when a program like cp
is invoked like this `cp a b >&-' (i.e., with standard output
closed) and doesn't generate any output (hence no previous error
and nothing to be flushed). */
if (prev_fail || (fclose_fail && (some_pending || errno != EBADF)))
{
if (! fclose_fail)
errno = 0;
return EOF;
}
return 0;
}

2
gnutar/lib/close-stream.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#include <stdio.h>
int close_stream (FILE *stream);

86
gnutar/lib/closeout.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* Close standard output and standard error, exiting with a diagnostic on error.
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "closeout.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include "close-stream.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
static const char *file_name;
/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
by close_stdout. */
void
close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
{
file_name = file;
}
/* Close standard output. On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit
with status 'exit_failure'.
Also close standard error. On error, _exit with status 'exit_failure'.
Since close_stdout is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
once. So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'. If close_stdout
is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams
other than stdout and stderr before exiting, since the call to
_exit will bypass other buffer flushing. Applications should
be flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O
errors. Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit
can bypass the removal of these files.
It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status. */
void
close_stdout (void)
{
if (close_stream (stdout) != 0)
{
char const *write_error = _("write error");
if (file_name)
error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
write_error);
else
error (0, errno, "%s", write_error);
_exit (exit_failure);
}
if (close_stream (stderr) != 0)
_exit (exit_failure);
}

33
gnutar/lib/closeout.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* Close standard output and standard error.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
void close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file);
void close_stdout (void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif

639
gnutar/lib/config.charset Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name MIME? used by which systems
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-14 glibc
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd darwin
# KOI8-T glibc
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd netbsd darwin dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 woe32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix woe32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf woe32 dos
# CP950 woe32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1125 dos
# CP1129 aix
# CP1250 woe32
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd darwin woe32
# CP1252 aix woe32
# CP1253 woe32
# CP1254 woe32
# CP1255 glibc woe32
# CP1256 woe32
# CP1257 woe32
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# VISCII Y glibc
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux-gnulibc1*)
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "POSIX ASCII"
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
sv_FI sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in ar ar_SA; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in tr tr_TR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
done
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
echo "$l KOI8-U"
done
for l in zh zh_CN; do
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l GB2312"
done
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
echo "$l EUC-JP"
done
for l in ko ko_KR; do
echo "$l EUC-KR"
done
for l in th th_TH; do
echo "$l TIS-620"
done
for l in fa fa_IR; do
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
;;
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd* | os2*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
netbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
;;
darwin[56]*)
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in la_LN; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
for l in bg_BG; do
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
darwin*)
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but it is useless:
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
# LC_CTYPE file.
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
# - The documentation says:
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
# It also says
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
# characters are decomposed ..."
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
# space nevertheless.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
beos*)
# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru CP866"
echo "ru_RU CP866"
echo "uk CP1125"
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac

32
gnutar/lib/creat-safer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/* Invoke creat, but avoid some glitches.
Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include "fcntl-safer.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include "unistd-safer.h"
int
creat_safer (char const *file, mode_t mode)
{
return fd_safer (creat (file, mode));
}

50
gnutar/lib/dirent_.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* Wrapper around <dirent.h>.
Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _GL_DIRENT_H
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#if @HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT@
# include_next <dirent.h>
#else
# include @ABSOLUTE_DIRENT_H@
#endif
#ifndef _GL_DIRENT_H
#define _GL_DIRENT_H
/* Declare overridden functions. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if @REPLACE_FCHDIR@
# define opendir rpl_opendir
extern DIR * opendir (const char *);
# define closedir rpl_closedir
extern int closedir (DIR *);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _GL_DIRENT_H */
#endif /* _GL_DIRENT_H */

29
gnutar/lib/dirfd.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* dirfd.c -- return the file descriptor associated with an open DIR*
Copyright (C) 2001, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirfd.h"
int
dirfd (DIR const *dir_p)
{
return DIR_TO_FD (dir_p);
}

29
gnutar/lib/dirfd.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* Declare dirfd, if necessary.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_DIRFD
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_DIRFD && !defined dirfd
int dirfd (DIR const *);
#endif

85
gnutar/lib/dirname.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
even though `dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even
if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
size_t
dir_len (char const *file)
{
size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
size_t length;
/* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */
prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
: (ISSLASH (file[0])
? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
? 2 : 1))
: 0));
/* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
for (length = last_component (file) - file;
prefix_length < length; length--)
if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
break;
return length;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin `dirname' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin `dirname' modifies its argument.
Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with xmalloc.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
ignoring them). Unlike POSIX dirname(), FILE cannot be NULL.
If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */
char *
dir_name (char const *file)
{
size_t length = dir_len (file);
bool append_dot = (length == 0
|| (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
&& file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
char *dir = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
memcpy (dir, file, length);
if (append_dot)
dir[length++] = '.';
dir[length] = '\0';
return dir;
}

70
gnutar/lib/dirname.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
# ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
# endif
# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
# if FILE_SYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
/* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
letters use ASCII. */
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(c) (((unsigned int) (c) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
<= 'z' - 'a')
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
(_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
# else
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
# endif
# endif
# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
# endif
# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
# endif
# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
# else
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
(ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || 0 < FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F))
# endif
# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
char *base_name (char const *file);
char *dir_name (char const *file);
size_t base_len (char const *file);
size_t dir_len (char const *file);
char *last_component (char const *file);
bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

45
gnutar/lib/dup-safer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "unistd-safer.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
# define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
STDERR_FILENO. */
int
dup_safer (int fd)
{
#if defined F_DUPFD && !defined FCHDIR_REPLACEMENT
return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
#else
/* fd_safer calls us back, but eventually the recursion unwinds and
does the right thing. */
return fd_safer (dup (fd));
#endif
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More